WO2022025034A1 - Colored fluid, ink set, recording medium, and textile printing method for hydrophobic fibers - Google Patents

Colored fluid, ink set, recording medium, and textile printing method for hydrophobic fibers Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022025034A1
WO2022025034A1 PCT/JP2021/027675 JP2021027675W WO2022025034A1 WO 2022025034 A1 WO2022025034 A1 WO 2022025034A1 JP 2021027675 W JP2021027675 W JP 2021027675W WO 2022025034 A1 WO2022025034 A1 WO 2022025034A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
water
ink
insoluble colorant
aqueous dispersion
maximum absorption
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/027675
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
里麻 赤沼
真理子 梅田
諒 寺西
由桂 永塚
Original Assignee
日本化薬株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日本化薬株式会社 filed Critical 日本化薬株式会社
Priority to JP2022539476A priority Critical patent/JPWO2022025034A1/ja
Publication of WO2022025034A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022025034A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B1/00Dyes with anthracene nucleus not condensed with any other ring
    • C09B1/50Amino-hydroxy-anthraquinones; Ethers and esters thereof
    • C09B1/51N-substituted amino-hydroxy anthraquinone
    • C09B1/514N-aryl derivatives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B25/00Quinophthalones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B5/00Dyes with an anthracene nucleus condensed with one or more heterocyclic rings with or without carbocyclic rings
    • C09B5/24Dyes with an anthracene nucleus condensed with one or more heterocyclic rings with or without carbocyclic rings the heterocyclic rings being only condensed with an anthraquinone nucleus in 1-2 or 2-3 position
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/02Coumarine dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0033Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/008Preparations of disperse dyes or solvent dyes
    • C09B67/0082Preparations of disperse dyes or solvent dyes in liquid form
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/40Ink-sets specially adapted for multi-colour inkjet printing
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/16General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using dispersed, e.g. acetate, dyestuffs
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/16General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using dispersed, e.g. acetate, dyestuffs
    • D06P1/20Anthraquinone dyes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P3/00Special processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the material treated
    • D06P3/82Textiles which contain different kinds of fibres
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P5/00Other features in dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form
    • D06P5/003Transfer printing

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a coloring liquid, an ink set containing the coloring liquid as ink, a recording medium to which each ink contained in the coloring liquid or the ink set is attached, and a hydrophobic fiber using the coloring liquid or the ink set. Regarding the printing method.
  • hydrophobic fibers typified by polyester fibers are generally dyed with a water-insoluble coloring material. Therefore, as a water-based ink for printing hydrophobic fibers by inkjet printing, it is generally necessary to use a dispersed ink in which a water-insoluble coloring material is dispersed in water and has good performance such as dispersion stability.
  • the inkjet printing method for hydrophobic fibers is roughly divided into a direct printing method and a sublimation transfer method.
  • the direct printing method is a printing method in which an ink is directly applied (printed) to a hydrophobic fiber and then a dye in the ink is dyed on the hydrophobic fiber by a heat treatment such as high temperature steaming.
  • the sublimation transfer method ink is applied (printed) to an intermediate recording medium (dedicated transfer paper, etc.), the ink-applied surface of the intermediate recording medium is superposed on the hydrophobic fiber, and then the dye is intermediated by heat.
  • This is a printing method for transferring from a recording medium to hydrophobic fibers.
  • the sublimation transfer method is mainly used for printing of banners and the like, and an easy sublimation type dye having excellent transfer suitability to hydrophobic fibers by heat treatment is used in the ink.
  • the processing steps include (1) printing step: applying dye ink to the intermediate recording medium by an inkjet printer, and (2) transfer step: transferring and dyeing the dye from the intermediate recording medium to the fiber by heat treatment. Since two steps are included and commercially available transfer paper can be widely used, pretreatment of fibers is not required and the cleaning step is omitted.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a water-soluble organic solvent as a moisturizing agent (anti-drying agent) for a dye dispersion liquid in which a water-insoluble dye selected from a disperse dye and an oil-soluble dye is dispersed in water with a dispersant.
  • Surfactant as a surface tension adjuster, and other additives (pH adjuster, antiseptic dye, defoamer, etc.) are added, and physical properties (physical properties) such as particle size, viscosity, surface tension, pH, etc. It is described that the water-based ink is prepared by optimizing.
  • an inkjet paper having an ink receiving layer formed on the surface by inorganic fine particles such as silica and having a relatively large basis weight and capable of applying a large amount of ink is generally used. It is used.
  • transfer papers having a smaller basis weight and transfer papers having a smaller ink receiving layer have been used, and there is a strong demand for achieving high transfer efficiency and dyeing density (color development) with a small amount of ink.
  • the present invention is a novel coloring liquid suitably used for a sublimation transfer method, an ink set containing the coloring liquid as ink, the coloring liquid or a recording medium to which each ink contained in the ink set is attached, and the coloring liquid or the coloring liquid.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a method for printing hydrophobic fibers using the ink set.
  • the polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ;
  • B) Contains a water-insoluble colorant C different from the water-insoluble colorant B, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 410 nm or more and 450 nm or less;
  • C) Contains at least two water-insoluble colorants other than the water-insoluble colorant A;
  • D) Contains a phytosterol compound; A coloring liquid that satisfies at least one of the above conditions.
  • the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the water-insoluble colorant A is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5
  • the hydrogen bond term is 7 MPa 0.5 or more and 10 MPa 0.5 or less 1) to 3 ).
  • the coloring liquid according to any one of the items.
  • the water-insoluble colorant F has the following formula (F1): The coloring liquid according to any one of 11) to 13), which comprises the compound represented by.
  • the dispersant comprises a styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer, a formarin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether sulfate, and polyoxyethylene naphthyl ether.
  • the coloring solution according to 15 which comprises at least one selected from the group.
  • Ink B containing Disperse Yellow 54 and phytosterol compounds (F) The following formula, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and b * represented by the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1 is in the range of 65 to 80.
  • B1 [In the formula, RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • ink C containing a water-insoluble colorant B represented by;
  • Ink D containing a water-insoluble colorant G having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and less than 660 nm (provided that CI Disperse Violet 27 or CI Disperse Violet 28 is contained. Includes); An ink set that meets at least one of the conditions.
  • the droplets of the coloring liquid according to any one of 1) to 18) or the droplets of each ink contained in the ink set according to any one of 19) to 28) are attached to the intermediate recording medium.
  • the printing process to obtain the recorded image A transfer step of transferring the recorded image to the hydrophobic fiber by bringing the hydrophobic fiber into contact with the adhering surface of the coloring liquid or the ink in the intermediate recording medium and heat-treating it.
  • Method for printing hydrophobic fibers including.
  • a novel coloring liquid suitably used for a sublimation transfer method, an ink set containing the coloring liquid as ink, a recording medium to which the coloring liquid or each ink contained in the ink set is attached, and the coloring. It is possible to provide a method for printing hydrophobic fibers using a liquid or the ink set.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength and chromaticity of the water-insoluble colorant are set so that the water-insoluble colorant is dissolved or dispersed in dimethylformamide (DMF) so that the absorbance of the maximum absorption wavelength in ultraviolet-visible spectroscopic absorption becomes 1. Measure the concentration-adjusted solution. Further, in the present specification, each component such as a water-insoluble colorant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In this specification, "CI" is an abbreviation for Color Index.
  • the coloring liquid according to this embodiment includes the following (i) and (ii): (I)
  • the b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -30 to -20 when the maximum absorption wavelength is in the wavelength range of more than 640 nm and 700 nm or less and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
  • the polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ;
  • B) Contains a water-insoluble colorant C different from the water-insoluble colorant B, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 410 nm or more and 450 nm or less;
  • C) Contains at least two water-insoluble colorants other than the water-insoluble colorant A;
  • D) Contains a phytosterol compound; At least one of the conditions is satisfied.
  • RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group
  • X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • water-insoluble colorant in the present embodiment examples include pigments, disperse dyes, oil-soluble dyes, and the like, and disperse dyes and oil-soluble dyes are preferable.
  • water-insoluble colorant A will be described first, then the conditions (a) to (d) will be described, and then other matters will be described.
  • the water-insoluble colorant A has the following (i) and (ii): (I) The b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -30 to -20 when the maximum absorption wavelength is in the wavelength range of more than 640 nm and 700 nm or less and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. ; (Ii) The polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ; At least one of the conditions is satisfied.
  • the water-insoluble colorant A satisfies the above condition (i)
  • the water-insoluble colorant A preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 660 nm or more and 700 nm or less, and has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 660 nm or more and 690 nm or less. It is more preferable to have.
  • the Hansen solubility parameter is a solubility parameter introduced by Hildebrand divided into three components: a dispersion term delta D, a polar term delta P, and a hydrogen bond term delta H.
  • the Hansen solubility parameter can be estimated from the contents and average molecular weights of hydrogen atoms, carbon atoms, oxygen atoms and the like constituting the molecule using Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP), which is computer software.
  • the hydrogen bond term of the Hansen solubility parameter is preferably 7 MPa 0.5 or more and 10 MPa 0.5 or less.
  • the water-insoluble colorant A is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies at least one (preferably both) of the above conditions (i) and (ii), but one having an anthraquinone structure is preferable, and one having a molecular weight of 340 or more is more preferable. preferable.
  • water-insoluble colorant A satisfying the above conditions (i) and (ii) include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 60, 87, 143, 181, 334; C.I. I. Solvent blue 67; a compound represented by the following formula (A1); and the like.
  • R 1A to R 3A each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may have an alkoxy group as a substituent.
  • C.I. I. Disperse blue 60 and compounds represented by the following formulas (A1-1) to (A1-3) are preferable, and compounds represented by the following formulas (A1-1) or (A1-2) are more preferable, and the following compounds are more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) is more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (A1-1) is C.I. I. Also known as Disperse Blue 334.
  • the water-insoluble colorant A and other water-insoluble colorants described below may be powdery or lumpy dry colorants, or may be wet cakes or slurries. .. Further, a dispersant such as a surfactant may be contained in a small amount for the purpose of suppressing the aggregation of the coloring material particles during or after the coloring material synthesis.
  • Commercially available dyes have grades for industrial dyeing, resin coloring, ink, toner, inkjet, etc., and their manufacturing methods, purity, particle size, etc. are different from each other. In order to suppress the cohesiveness after pulverization, a color material having smaller particles is preferable, and a material having as few impurities as possible is preferable from the viewpoint of the influence on the dispersion stability and the ejection accuracy of the ink.
  • the above condition (a) is represented by a CIE color space when the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 380 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
  • * Contains the water-insoluble colorant B represented by the following formula (B1), which is in the range of 65 to 80.
  • RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group
  • X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms examples include a linear alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an n-butyl group and an n-octyl group; an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group and a tert.
  • a linear alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an n-butyl group and an n-octyl group
  • -A branched chain alkyl group such as a butyl group
  • a cyclic alkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group
  • substituted or unsubstituted amino group examples include an amino group, a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, a phenylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a diphenylamino group, a methylphenylamino group and the like, which are diethylamino groups. Is preferable.
  • the above-mentioned substituted amino group may further have an arbitrary substituent.
  • alkoxy group examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group and the like.
  • the alkoxy group may have any substituent.
  • aryloxy group examples include a phenoxy group and a naphthoxy group.
  • the aryloxy group may have any substituent.
  • water-insoluble colorants B represented by the above formula (B1) those in which RB is a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and X B is a halogen atom are preferable, and are represented by the following formula (B1-1). Compounds are more preferred.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) is C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 232, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 160: 1, C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 184: 1 etc.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (B1) is, for example, Ayyangar N. et al. According to the method of R et al. (Ayyangar N.R. et al., Days and Pigments, 991, 16 (3), 197-204), the compound represented by the following formula (B2) and the compound represented by the following formula (B3) are represented. It can be obtained by subjecting the compound to a condensation reaction.
  • the total content of the water-insoluble colorant under the condition (a) is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. It is more preferable to have.
  • the above condition (b) is that the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a water-insoluble coloring agent C different from the water-insoluble coloring agent B, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 410 nm or more and 450 nm or less. ..
  • a highly saturated green can be expressed.
  • C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 82, 232 is preferred, and C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54 is more preferable.
  • the a * value represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -25 to -10 when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant C is preferably, for example, 1 to 200 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 150 parts by mass, when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. preferable.
  • the above condition (c) is that the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains at least two kinds of water-insoluble coloring agents other than the water-insoluble coloring agent A, and at least three kinds other than the water-insoluble coloring agent A. It preferably contains a water-insoluble colorant.
  • the coloring liquid satisfying the above condition (c) is, for example, a water-insoluble colorant D having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of more than 450 nm and 590 nm or less, and a water-insoluble colorant having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of more than 590 nm and 640 nm or less.
  • the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains the water-insoluble colorants A, D, and E, for example, a printed material having excellent color-developing property can be obtained. Further, by containing the water-insoluble colorants A, C, D, and E in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment, for example, the hue change due to the influence of the color rendering property is suppressed, and the black color is excellent in color rendering property. You can get the printed material.
  • water-insoluble colorant D examples include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Orange 21, 25, 42, 44, 45, 56, 72, 76, 80, 88, 96, 145; C.I. I. Disperse Brown 26, 27; C.I. I.
  • C.I. I. Disperse Orange 25; C.I. I. Disperse thread 60; C.I. I. Disperse Brown 27; C.I. I. Disperse Violet 17, 27, 28; C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72; C.I. I. Solvent Violet 13 is preferred, and C.I. I. Disperse brown 27 is more preferable.
  • C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72 is C.I. I. Also called Solvent Violet 13.
  • the water-insoluble colorant D preferably has an a * value in the range of 15 to 35 in the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
  • water-insoluble colorant E examples include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 19, 26, 27, 54, 55, 56, 64, 73, 77, 81, 128, 148, 149, 153, 158, 165, 165: 1, 165: 2, 183, 197, 224, 225 257, 268, 287, 337, 345, 360; C.I. I. Solvent Blue 35, 36, 78, 111, 112; C.I. I. Solvent Violet 13; etc. may be mentioned. Among these, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 360, C.I. I. Solvent Violet 13 is preferred, and C.I. I. Disperse blue 360 is more preferable.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant C is when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass.
  • it is preferably 3 to 70 parts by mass, and more preferably 35 to 45 parts by mass.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant D is preferably, for example, 150 to 400 parts by mass, preferably 240 to 320 parts by mass, when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. Is more preferable.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant E is preferably, for example, 80 to 350 parts by mass, and 180 to 280 parts by mass, when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. Is more preferable.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant A, C, D, and other water-insoluble colorants other than E is, for example, 500 parts by mass or less when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. It is preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 300 parts by mass or less.
  • the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant A is (A) and the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorants C and E is (C + E), it is calculated by (A) / (C + E).
  • the value is preferably less than 0.8, more preferably 0.03 or more and less than 0.8, further preferably more than 0.03 and 0.75 or less, and 0.05 or more and 0. It is particularly preferably 75 or less, and extremely preferably 0.1 or more and 0.7 or less.
  • the above condition (d) is that the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a phytosterol compound.
  • the coloring liquid satisfying the above condition (d) preferably contains, for example, a water-insoluble colorant F having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and 600 nm or less, and a phytosterol compound.
  • a cyan-colored printed material having good light fastness, suppression of streaks and unevenness, and excellent color development. Can be obtained.
  • the water-insoluble colorant F is not particularly limited, but one having an anthraquinone structure is preferable, and b * represented by the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1 is within the range of -65 to -55. It is more preferable that the molecular weight is in the range of 300 to 400.
  • the water-insoluble colorant F include a compound represented by the following formula (F1); C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72; C.I. I. Disperse Violet 8, 27, 28, 47, 77, 97, 98; C.I. I. Solvent violet 13, 14, 31, 36; and the like.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (F1) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (F1) is C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72, C.I. I. Also called Solvent Violet 13 etc.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant F is, for example, 10 to 150 when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. It is preferably parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass.
  • phytosterol compound examples include an alkylene oxide adduct of phytosterol or hydrogenated phytosterol (hereinafter, both are collectively referred to as "phytosterols").
  • the phytosterol alkylene oxide adduct As the phytosterol alkylene oxide adduct, the phytosterol C2-C4 alkylene oxide adduct is preferable, and the ethylene oxide adduct is more preferable.
  • the amount of alkylene oxide (preferably C2-C4 alkylene oxide, more preferably ethylene oxide) added per mol of phytosterols is preferably about 10 to 50 mol, and the HLB is preferably about 13 to 20 mol.
  • phytosterol compounds include, for example, NIKKOL BPS-20, NIKKOL BPS-30 (both manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd., phytosterol ethylene oxide adduct), and NIKKOL BPSH-25 (hydrogenated phytosterol ethylene oxide adduct). Things) and the like, and NIKKOL BPS-30 is preferable.
  • the content of the phytosterol compound is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 7% by mass, and 0.1 to 0.1% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. It is more preferably to 3% by mass, particularly preferably 0.2 to 1% by mass, and extremely preferably 0.3 to 0.6% by mass.
  • the coloring liquid according to this embodiment preferably further contains a dispersant.
  • Dispersants include, for example, styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymers, formalin condensates of aromatic sulfonic acids or salts thereof, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether sulfates, and polyoxyethylene naphthyl ethers. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group.
  • the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer is a copolymer of a styrene-based monomer and a (meth) acrylic-based monomer.
  • Specific examples of the copolymer include ( ⁇ -methyl) styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, ( ⁇ -methyl) styrene-acrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, and ( ⁇ -methyl) styrene-methacrylic acid copolymer.
  • ( ⁇ -methyl) styrene-methacrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer ( ⁇ -methyl) styrene-acrylic acid ester- (anhydrous) maleic acid copolymer, acrylic acid ester-styrene sulfonic acid copolymer, Examples thereof include a ( ⁇ -methyl) styrene-methacrylic sulfonic acid copolymer.
  • (meth) acrylic is used as a meaning including “acrylic” and “methacryl”.
  • ( ⁇ -methyl) styrene” is used as a meaning including " ⁇ -methylstyrene” and "styrene”.
  • the mass average molecular weight of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer is, for example, preferably 1000 to 20000, more preferably 2000 to 19000, and even more preferably 5000 to 17000.
  • the mass average molecular weight of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer can be measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatograph) method.
  • the acid value of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer is, for example, preferably 50 to 250 mgKOH / g, more preferably 100 to 250 mgKOH / g, and even more preferably 150 to 250 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value of the resin represents the number of mg of KOH required to neutralize 1 g of the resin, and can be measured according to JIS-K3054.
  • the glass transition temperature of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer is, for example, preferably 45 to 135 ° C, more preferably 55 to 120 ° C, still more preferably 60 to 110 ° C.
  • styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer examples include, for example, Joncryl 67, 678, 680, 682, 683, 690, 52J, 57J, 60J, 63J, 70J, JDX-6180, HPD-196, HPD96J, Examples thereof include PDX-6137A, 6610, JDX-6500, JDX-6369, PDX-6102B, PDX-6124 (all manufactured by BASF) and the like.
  • Joncryl 67 mass average molecular weight: 12500, acid value: 213 mgKOH / g
  • 678 mass average molecular weight: 8500, acid value: 215 mgKOH / g
  • 682 mass average molecular weight: 1700, acid value: 230 mgKOH / g).
  • 683 mass average molecular weight: 4900, acid value: 215 mgKOH / g
  • 690 mass average molecular weight: 16500, acid value: 240 mgKOH / g
  • Joncryl 678 is more preferable.
  • formalin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof examples include cleosort oil sulfonic acid, cresol sulfonic acid, phenol sulfonic acid, ⁇ -naphthalene sulfonic acid, ⁇ -naphthol sulfonic acid, ⁇ -naphthalin sulfonic acid, and benzene sulfonic acid.
  • formalin condensates such as acid, cresol sulfonic acid, 2-naphthol-6-sulfonic acid, lignin sulfonic acid, and methylnaphthalene sulfonic acid, or salts thereof (sodium salt, potassium salt, lithium salt, etc.).
  • cleosort oil sulfonic acid ⁇ -naphthalene sulfonic acid, lignin sulfonic acid, methylnaphthalene sulfonic acid formalin condensates or salts thereof are preferable.
  • Examples of the formalin condensate of the special aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof include Demor SN-B (manufactured by Kao Corporation).
  • Examples of the formalin condensate of methylnaphthalene sulfonic acid or a salt thereof include Laberin AN series (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • Demor N, Laberin AN series, and Labelin W series are preferable, Demor N and Labelin W series are more preferable, and Labelin W series is further preferable.
  • Examples of the lignin sulfonic acid include Vanillex N, Vanillex RN, Vanillex G, Pearllex DP (all manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries, Ltd.) and the like. Of these, Vanillex RN, Vanillex N, and Vanillex G are preferred.
  • polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether examples include styrylphenol compounds such as polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene distyrylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene tristylylphenyl ether, and polyoxyethylene tetrastyrylphenyl ether; polyoxyethylene.
  • styrylphenol compounds such as polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene distyrylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene tristylylphenyl ether, and polyoxyethylene tetrastyrylphenyl ether; polyoxyethylene.
  • Benzylphenol compounds such as benzylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene dibenzylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene tribenzylphenyl ether; cumylphenol compounds such as polyoxyethylene cumylphenyl ether; polyoxyethylene naphthylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene biphenyl Examples include ether, polyoxyethylene
  • the number of repetitions of the polyoxyethylene group in the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 15 to 30.
  • the number of repetitions is 1 or more, the compatibility with an aqueous solvent or the like tends to be excellent. Further, when the number of repetitions is 30 or less, the viscosity tends not to be too high.
  • polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether is preferable.
  • Commercially available products of polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether include, for example, Pionin D-6112, Pionin D-6115, Pionin D-6120, Pionin D-6131, Pionin D-6512, Takesurf D-6413, DTD-51, Pionin D.
  • polyoxyethylene aryl phenyl ether sulfate examples include the above-mentioned sulfate of polyoxyethylene aryl phenyl ether.
  • polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate is preferable.
  • examples of commercially available products of polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate include SM-57 and SM-210 (all manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples of commercially available products of polyoxyethylene naphthyl ether include Neugen EN series (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) and Pionin D-7240 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.).
  • the alkylene oxide adduct of cholestanols As the alkylene oxide adduct of cholestanols, the C2-C4 alkylene oxide adduct of cholestanols is preferable, and the ethylene oxide adduct is more preferable.
  • the amount of alkylene oxide (preferably C2-C4 alkylene oxide, more preferably ethylene oxide) added per mol of cholestanols is preferably about 10 to 50 mol, and the HLB is preferably about 13 to 20 mol.
  • the coloring liquid according to this embodiment preferably further contains a surfactant.
  • the surfactant include known surfactants such as anion, cation, amphoteric, nonionic, silicone-based, and fluorine-based.
  • anionic surfactant examples include an alkyl sulfonate, an alkyl carboxylate, an ⁇ -olefin sulfonate, a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether acetate, an N-acyl amino acid and a salt thereof, an N-acylmethyl taurine salt, and an alkyl.
  • Examples of the cationic surfactant include 2-vinylpyridine derivatives, poly4-vinylpyridine derivatives and the like.
  • amphoteric surfactant examples include lauryldimethylaminoacetic acid betaine, 2-alkyl-N-carboxymethyl-N-hydroxyethylimidazolinium betaine, coconut oil fatty acid amide propyldimethylaminoacetic acid betaine, polyoctylpolyaminoethylglycine, and imidazoline. Examples include derivatives.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include ethers such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene dodecylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, and polyoxyethylene alkyl ether.
  • Esters such as polyoxyethylene oleic acid ester, polyoxyethylene distearate, sorbitan laurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan sesquioleate, polyoxyethylene monooleate, polyoxyethylene stearate, etc.
  • non-ethylene oxide-modified acetylene-based nonionic surfactants such as Surfinol 104 and 105 and ethylene oxide-modified acetylene-based nonionic surfactants such as Surfinol 465 are preferable, and ethylene oxide-modified acetylene-based nonionic compounds such as Surfinol 465 are preferable. It is more preferably a surfactant, and even more preferably Surfinol 465.
  • silicone-based surfactant examples include polyether-modified siloxane, polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxane, and the like.
  • examples of commercially available products include BYK-347 (polyether-modified siloxane); BYK-345, BYK-348 (polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxane), all manufactured by Big Chemie.
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid compound, a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid compound, a perfluoroalkyl phosphate ester compound, a perfluoroalkyl ethylene oxide adduct, and a perfluoroalkyl ether group as side chains.
  • fluorine-based surfactant examples include polyoxyalkylene ether polymer compounds having.
  • Examples of commercially available products include Zonyl TBS, FSP, FSA, FSN-100, FSN, FSO-100, FSO, FS-300, Capstone FS-30, FS-31 (all manufactured by DuPont); PF-151N, PF-154N (all manufactured by Omniova Co., Ltd.); and the like.
  • the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a surfactant
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.03, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. More preferably, it is ⁇ 5% by mass.
  • the coloring liquid according to this embodiment preferably further contains water.
  • water water having few impurities such as ion-exchanged water and distilled water is preferable.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 90% by mass, preferably 10 to 80% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. Is more preferable.
  • the coloring liquid according to this embodiment may contain additives other than the above.
  • Additives include, for example, water-soluble organic solvents, preservatives, pH regulators, chelating reagents, rust inhibitors, water-soluble UV absorbers, water-soluble polymer compounds, viscosity regulators, dye solubilizers, antioxidants, etc. Examples include resin emulsions.
  • the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a water-soluble organic solvent, a preservative, and a pH adjuster.
  • water-soluble organic solvent examples include glycol-based solvents, polyhydric alcohols, pyrrolidones and the like.
  • glycol-based solvent examples include glycerin, polyglycerin (# 310, # 750, # 800), diglycerin, triglycerin, tetraglycerin, pentaglycerin, hexaglycerin, heptaglycerin, octaglycerin, nonaglycerin, decaglycerin, and the like. Examples thereof include undecaglycerin, dodecaglycerin, tridecaglycerin, and tetradecaglycerin.
  • polyhydric alcohols include C2-C6 polyhydric alcohol having 2 to 3 alcoholic hydroxyl groups; di or tri-C2-C3 alkylene glycol; poly-C2-C3 having 4 or more repeating units and a molecular weight of about 20000 or less.
  • alkylene glycol preferably liquid polyalkylene glycol and the like. Specific examples thereof include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, thiodiglycol, and 1,3-butanediol.
  • pyrrolidones include 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like.
  • a compound that dissolves in water and acts as a wetting agent is also included in the water-soluble organic solvent for convenience. Examples of such a compound include urea, ethylene urea, saccharides and the like.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably a solvent having a low solubility of the colorant, and in particular, a solvent other than glycerin and glycerin (preferably a polyhydric alcohol other than glycerin). ) And is preferable.
  • the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a water-soluble organic solvent
  • the content thereof is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 40% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. % Is more preferable.
  • preservative examples include organic sulfur-based, organic nitrogen-sulfur-based, organic halogen-based, haloallyl sulfone-based, iodopropagil-based, N-haloalkylthio-based, nitrile-based, pyridine-based, 8-oxyquinolin-based, and benzothiazole.
  • Isothiazolin system Dithiol system, Pyridine oxide system, Nitropropane system, Organic tin system, Phenol system, Tetraammonium salt system, Triazine system, Thiadine system, Anilide system, Adamantine system, Dithiocarbamate system, Brominated indanone system, Examples thereof include benzyl bromacetate-based compounds and inorganic salt-based compounds.
  • organic halogen-based compound include sodium pentachlorophenol and the like.
  • Specific examples of the pyridine oxide-based compound include 2-pyridinethiol-1-oxide sodium.
  • isothiazolinone compound examples include 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, 2-n-octyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, and the like.
  • antiseptic and antifungal agents include anhydrous sodium acetate, sodium sorbate, sodium benzoate, trade names Proxel GXL (S) and Proxel XL-2 (S) manufactured by Ronza.
  • any substance can be used as long as the pH of the coloring liquid can be controlled in the range of approximately 5 to 11 without adversely affecting the prepared coloring liquid.
  • alkanolamines such as diethanolamine, triethanolamine and N-methyldiethanolamine
  • alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide
  • ammonium hydroxide ammonia water
  • Alkali metal carbonates such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate and potassium carbonate
  • alkali metal salts of organic acids such as potassium acetate
  • inorganic bases such as sodium silicate and disodium phosphate
  • Triethanolamine is preferred.
  • chelating reagent examples include sodium ethylenediamine tetraacetate, sodium nitrilotriacetate, sodium hydroxyethylethylenediamine triacetate, sodium diethylenetriamine pentaacetate, sodium uracil diacetate and the like.
  • rust preventive examples include acidic sulfite, sodium thiosulfate, ammonium thioglucolate, diisopropylammonium nitrate, pentaerythritol tetranitrate, dicyclohexylammonium nitrate and the like.
  • water-soluble ultraviolet absorber examples include sulfonated benzophenone-based compounds, benzotriazol-based compounds, salicylic acid-based compounds, cinnamic acid-based compounds, and triazine-based compounds.
  • water-soluble polymer compound examples include polyvinyl alcohol, cellulose derivatives, polyamines, polyimines and the like.
  • examples of the viscosity modifier include water-soluble polymer compounds in addition to water-soluble organic solvents, and examples thereof include polyvinyl alcohol, cellulose derivatives, polyamines, and polyimines.
  • dye-dissolving agent examples include urea, ⁇ -caprolactam, ethylene carbonate and the like.
  • organic and metal complex-based anti-fading agents can be used as the antioxidant.
  • organic anti-fading agent include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indans, chromans, alkoxyanilines, heterocycles and the like.
  • metal complex-based anti-fading agent include nickel complexes and zinc complexes.
  • the resin emulsion examples include acrylic resin, epoxy resin, urethane resin, polyether resin, polyamide resin, unsaturated polyester resin, phenol resin, silicone resin, fluororesin, and polyvinyl resin (vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, etc.). , Alkido resin, polyester resin, amino material (melanin resin, urea resin, urea resin, melanin formaldehyde resin, etc.) and the like.
  • the resin emulsion may contain two or more kinds of resins. Further, two or more kinds of resins may form a core / shell structure. Among the resin emulsions, urethane resin emulsions are preferable.
  • Urethane resin emulsions can be obtained as commercial products, and most of them are emulsions having a solid content concentration of 30 to 60% by mass.
  • Commercially available urethane resin emulsions include, for example, Permarin UA-150, 200, 310, 368, 3945, U-Coat UX-320 (all manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.); Hydran WLS-201, 210, HW-312B Latex. (The above is manufactured by DIC Corporation); Superflex 150, 170, 470 (above, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.); and the like.
  • examples of the polycarbonate-based urethane resin include Permarin UA-310, 3945; U-coat UX-320; and the like.
  • examples of the polyether urethane resin include permarin UA-150 and 200; U-coat UX-340; and the like.
  • the urethane resin in the urethane resin emulsion preferably has an SP value of 8 to 24 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 , more preferably 8 to 17 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 , and 8 It is more preferably ⁇ 11 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 .
  • the SP value of the urethane resin is calculated by the Fedors method. When the urethane resin has an acidic group and the acidic group is neutralized to prepare an emulsion, the SP value of the urethane resin before neutralization is used.
  • the acidic group may be alkaline chloride.
  • a urethane resin having an acidic group is added to water and stirred to prepare an aqueous solution, and an alkaline compound is added thereto to adjust the pH to 6.0 to 12.0 to make the acidic group alkaline chloride. can do.
  • alkaline compound examples include hydroxides of alkali metals such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; and water of alkaline earth metals such as beryllium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide and strontium hydroxide. Oxides; etc.
  • a sand mill (bead mill), a roll mill, a ball mill, a paint shaker, an ultrasonic disperser, a high-pressure emulsifier, or the like is used to stir and mix each component constituting the coloring liquid.
  • Known methods such as The order in which each component is added is not particularly limited. For example, when using a sand mill, first, each component and beads as a dispersion medium are charged into the sand mill.
  • the beads glass beads having a particle diameter of 0.01 to 1 mm, zirconia beads and the like can be used.
  • the amount of beads used is preferably 2 to 6 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of the dispersion target.
  • the sand mill is operated to perform the distributed processing.
  • the dispersion treatment conditions are preferably about 1000 to 2000 rpm for 1 to 20 hours.
  • the colored liquid is obtained by removing the beads by filtration or the like after the dispersion treatment.
  • the coloring liquid may be prepared by mixing two or more kinds of water-insoluble coloring agents together with other components.
  • each water-insoluble colorant may be dispersed to prepare an aqueous dispersion, and the obtained two or more aqueous dispersions may be mixed with other components to prepare a coloring liquid.
  • the prepared coloring liquid may be microfiltered using a membrane filter or the like.
  • a membrane filter or the like it is preferable to perform microfiltration for the purpose of preventing nozzle clogging and the like.
  • the pore size of the filter used for microfiltration is usually 0.1 to 1 ⁇ m, preferably 0.1 to 0.8 ⁇ m.
  • the viscosity of the coloring liquid according to this embodiment at 25 ° C. is preferably about 3 to 20 mPa ⁇ s as measured by an E-type viscometer from the viewpoint of high-speed discharge response. Further, the surface tension of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment at 25 ° C. is preferably about 20 to 45 mN / m when measured by the plate method. Actually, it is adjusted so as to have an appropriate physical property value in consideration of the ejection amount, the response speed, the ink droplet flight characteristics, etc. of the inkjet printer to be used.
  • the coloring liquid according to this embodiment can be used in various fields and is suitable for water-based writing ink, water-based printing ink, information recording ink, printing and the like. It is particularly preferable to use the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment as an ink for inkjet printing.
  • the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment has excellent storage stability without solid precipitation, physical characteristic change, color change, etc. after long-term storage. Further, the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment has good initial filling property to the inkjet head, and also has good continuous printing stability and intermittent ejection property. In addition, the printed matter printed using the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment is excellent in light resistance, color development, and sharpness, so that a good image and a printed matter can be obtained.
  • the ink set according to the present embodiment contains the ink A containing the water-insoluble colorant A described above, and the following (e) to (g):
  • Ink A contains a phytosterol compound, and C.I. I. Includes Ink B containing Disperse Yellow 54 and phytosterol compounds;
  • Ink C containing the water-insoluble colorant B described above;
  • Ink D containing a water-insoluble colorant G having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and less than 660 nm (provided that CI Disperse Violet 27 or CI Disperse Violet 28 is contained. Includes); At least one of the conditions is satisfied.
  • ink A will be described first, then conditions (e) to (g) will be described, and then other matters will be described.
  • the ink A contains the above-mentioned water-insoluble colorant A.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink A.
  • Ink A may further contain a phytosterol compound, a dispersant, a surfactant, water, and other additives, similarly to the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment described above.
  • the ink A contains the phytosterol compound
  • the ink set according to the present embodiment is C.I. I. It contains ink B containing Disperse Yellow 54 and a phytosterol compound.
  • the phytosterol compound contained in the inks A and B is the same as the phytosterol compound which may be contained in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the content of Disperse Yellow 54 is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of ink B.
  • the inks A and B may further contain a dispersant, a surfactant, water, and other additives, as in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment described above.
  • the inks A and B preferably contain a formalin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof, and water.
  • the above condition (f) is that the ink set according to the present embodiment contains the ink C containing the water-insoluble colorant B described above.
  • the inks A and C in the ink set according to the present embodiment, for example, a high-quality green-colored printed matter having high saturation and excellent leveling property can be obtained.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant B in the ink C is preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink C.
  • the inks A and C may further contain a phytosterol compound, a dispersant, a surfactant, water, and other additives, as in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment described above.
  • the ink set according to the present embodiment contains an ink D containing a water-insoluble colorant G having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and less than 660 nm (however, CI Disperse Violet 27). Or, excluding those containing CI Disperse Violet 28).
  • the inks A and D in the ink set according to the present embodiment for example, a high-quality printed matter having a wide range of expression of cyan to blue hue can be obtained.
  • the water-insoluble colorant G is not particularly limited, but one having an anthraquinone structure is preferable, and one having a molecular weight in the range of 250 to 340 is more preferable.
  • water-insoluble colorant G examples include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 19, 26, 27, 54, 55, 56, 64, 72, 73, 81, 77, 128, 148, 149, 153, 158, 165, 165: 1, 165: 2, 183, 197, 224 , 225, 257, 268, 287, 337, 345, 359, 360; C.I. I. Solvent Blue 35, 36, 78, 111, 112; C.I. I. Solvent Violet 13; etc. may be mentioned.
  • C.I. I. Disperse blue 359 a compound represented by the following formula (G1) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (G1) is C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72, C.I. I. Also called Solvent Violet 13 etc.
  • b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of ⁇ 70 to ⁇ 40 and a * is in the range of ⁇ 20 to 40 when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
  • the one inside is preferable.
  • the content of the water-insoluble colorant G in the ink D is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink D.
  • the ink set according to the present embodiment may further contain inks other than the above.
  • inks include yellow ink, magenta ink, cyan ink, black ink, orange ink, violet ink, green ink, turquoise ink, blue ink and the like.
  • light yellow ink, light magenta ink, light cyan ink, light black ink and the like in which the total concentration of the colorant in the ink is changed can also be mentioned.
  • Examples of the colorant contained in other inks include water-insoluble colorants such as disperse dyes and oil-soluble dyes.
  • disperse dye examples include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 13, 24, 30, 33, 34, 42, 44, 49, 50, 51, 54, 56, 58, 60, 63, 64, 66, 68, 71 , 74, 76, 79, 82, 83, 85, 86, 88, 90, 91, 93, 98, 99, 100, 104, 114, 116, 118, 119, 122, 124, 126, 135, 140, 141.
  • C.I. Disperse Orange 1, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 20, 21, 25, 26, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 37, 38, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48 , 50, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 66, 76, 78, 80, 89, 90, 91, 93, 96, 97, 119, 127, 130, 139, 142, etc.; C. I.
  • oil-soluble dyes include, for example, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 2, 6, 14, 16, 21, 25, 29, 30, 33, 51, 56, 77, 80, 82, 88, 89, 93, 116, 150, 160: 1, 163, 179, etc .; C .. I. Solvent orange 1, 2, 14, 45, 60, etc .; C.I. I. Solvent Red 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, 18, 19, 23, 24, 25, 27, 49, 100, 109, 121, 122, 125, 127, 130, 132, 135, 218, 225, 230, etc. C. I. Solvent Violet 13, 31, etc .; C.I. I. Solvent green 3rd grade; C.I. I. Solvent brown 3, 5 mag; C.I. I.
  • Solvent Blue 2 11, 14, 24, 25, 35, 36, 38, 48, 55, 59, 63, 67, 68, 70, 73, 83, 105, 111, 132, etc .; I. Solvent black 3, 5, 7, 23, 27, 28, 29, 34, etc .; and the like.
  • the recording medium according to the present embodiment is the one to which the coloring liquid according to the above-mentioned embodiment or the inks contained in the ink set according to the above-mentioned embodiment are attached.
  • the recording medium is not particularly limited as long as it can be recorded with a coloring liquid or ink, and examples thereof include fibers and paper (plain paper, inkjet paper, etc.).
  • the recording medium according to the present embodiment is preferably hydrophobic fibers.
  • hydrophobic fiber examples include polyester fiber, nylon fiber, triacetate fiber, diacetate fiber, polyamide fiber, and blended fiber using two or more of these fibers. Further, a blended fiber of these hydrophobic fibers and a regenerated fiber such as rayon or a natural fiber such as cotton, silk and wool is also included in the hydrophobic fiber in the present specification. Some of these fibers are known to have an ink receiving layer (bleeding prevention layer), and such fibers are also included in the hydrophobic fibers.
  • the method for forming the ink receiving layer is a known technique, and fibers having an ink receiving layer are also available as commercial products.
  • the material, structure, and the like of the ink receiving layer are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately used depending on the purpose and the like.
  • the method for printing hydrophobic fibers according to the present embodiment is a method for printing hydrophobic fibers using the above-mentioned coloring liquid according to the present embodiment or each ink contained in the above-mentioned ink set according to the present embodiment. ..
  • the printing method of hydrophobic fibers is roughly classified into a direct printing method and a sublimation transfer method.
  • a droplet of a coloring liquid or ink is attached to a hydrophobic fiber by an inkjet printer to obtain a recorded image of characters, patterns, etc., and the ink droplet is attached to the hydrophobic fiber in the printing step. It includes a fixing step of fixing the dye in the coloring liquid or the ink to the hydrophobic fiber by heat, and a cleaning step of cleaning the unfixed dye remaining in the hydrophobic fiber.
  • the fixing step is generally performed by known steaming or baking.
  • the steaming includes, for example, treating the hydrophobic fibers with a high-temperature steamer at 170 to 180 ° C. for about 10 minutes, or using a high-pressure steamer at 120 to 130 ° C. for about 20 minutes, respectively, to change the dye into hydrophobic fibers.
  • There is a method of dyeing also called moist heat fixation.
  • As baking (thermosol) for example, a method of dyeing a dye on hydrophobic fibers (also called dry heat sterilization) by treating the hydrophobic fibers at 190 to 210 ° C. for about 6 to 120 seconds is used. Can be mentioned.
  • the washing step is a step of washing the obtained fibers with warm water and, if necessary, water.
  • the warm water or water used for washing may contain a surfactant. It is also preferable to dry the washed hydrophobic fibers at 50 to 120 ° C. for 5 to 30 minutes.
  • a printing step of obtaining a recorded image of characters, patterns, etc. by adhering droplets of a coloring liquid or ink to an intermediate recording medium by an inkjet printer, and a coloring liquid or ink in the intermediate recording medium includes a transfer step of transferring a recorded image to the hydrophobic fiber by bringing the hydrophobic fiber into contact with the adhesion surface and heat-treating it.
  • the intermediate recording medium is preferably one in which the adhered coloring liquid or the dye in the ink does not aggregate on the surface thereof and does not interfere with the sublimation of the dye when the recorded image is transferred to the hydrophobic fiber.
  • An example of such an intermediate recording medium is a paper having an ink receiving layer formed on the surface of inorganic fine particles such as silica, and a special paper for inkjet can be used.
  • Examples of the heat treatment in the transfer step include dry heat treatment at about 190 to 200 ° C.
  • the method for printing hydrophobic fibers according to the present embodiment may further include a pretreatment step for hydrophobic fibers for the purpose of preventing bleeding and the like.
  • this pretreatment step include a step of applying an aqueous solution (pretreatment liquid) containing a glue material, an alkaline substance, an antioxidant, and a hydrotropy agent to the hydrophobic fiber before adhering the coloring liquid or ink. Be done.
  • the adhesive examples include natural gums such as guar and locust beans; starches; seaweeds such as sodium alginate and furinate; plant skins such as pectic acid; methyl fiber, ethyl fiber, hydroxyethyl cellulose and carboxymethyl cellulose. And the like; processed starch such as carboxymethyl starch; synthetic glue such as polyvinyl alcohol and polyacrylic acid ester; and the like, and sodium alginate is preferable.
  • alkaline substance examples include alkali metal salts of inorganic acids or organic acids; salts of alkaline earth metals; compounds that liberate alkali when heated; and the like, and alkali metal hydroxides and alkali metal salts are preferable. .. Specific examples include, for example, alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide; inorganic substances such as sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogenphosphate, and sodium phosphate. Examples thereof include alkali metal salts of compounds; alkali metal salts of organic compounds such as sodium formate and sodium trichloroacetate; and sodium hydrogencarbonate is preferable.
  • sodium metanitrobenzene sulfonate is preferable.
  • hydrotropy agent examples include ureas such as urea and dimethylurea, and urea is preferable.
  • the mixing ratio of each component in the pretreatment liquid is, for example, 0.5 to 5% by mass of glutinous agent, 0.5 to 5% by mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate, 0 to 5% by mass of sodium metanitrobenzene sulfonate, and urea. Is 1 to 20% by mass, and the balance is water.
  • the padding ratio is preferably about 40 to 90%, more preferably about 60 to 80%.
  • parts means parts by mass and “%” means parts by mass.
  • the inks in each embodiment are included in the coloring liquid.
  • Table 1 shows the results of measuring the solutions of the water-insoluble colorants used in Examples and Comparative Examples, which were dissolved or dispersed in DMF and adjusted in concentration so that the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength in ultraviolet-visible spectroscopic absorption was 1.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (A1-1) to (A1-3), (B1-1), (F1), and (G1) are JP-A-2018-178038 and JP-A No. 40-4222.
  • Ayyangar N. et al. R. Et al. Ayyangar N.R. et al., Days and Pigments, 991, 16 (3), 197-204
  • Joncryl 678 manufactured by BASF (20 parts) was added to a mixture of 25% sodium hydroxide (6 parts), ion-exchanged water (54 parts), and propylene glycol (20 parts), and the temperature was raised to 90 to 120 ° C. Then, the mixture was stirred for 5 hours to obtain an emulsion solution of Joncryl 678.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 1a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 1a> C.
  • Disperse Blue 60 4.4 parts
  • compound represented by the formula (B1-1) 5.6 parts
  • Laberin W-40 Aqueous solution of sodium sulphonic acid formalinated polycondensate in creosote, Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
  • NIKKOL BPS-30 15 parts
  • Surfinol 104PG50 Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol.
  • 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts).
  • the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1a.
  • Preparation Example 2a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2a> Same as Preparation Example 1a except that the colorant is changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (5.3 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.7 parts). To obtain an aqueous dispersion 2a.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 3a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3a> The compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (5.3 parts), the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.7 parts), SM-57 (polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant).
  • Preparation Example 4a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4a> Same as Preparation Example 1a except that the colorant is changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (5.6 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.4 parts). To obtain an aqueous dispersion 4a.
  • Preparation Example 5a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5a> Same as Preparation Example 3a except that the colorant is changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (5.6 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.4 parts). To obtain an aqueous dispersion 5a.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 6a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6a> The compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (5.6 parts), the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.4 parts), the emulsion solution of Joncryl 678 (30 parts), and the surfactant 104PG50. (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to a concentration of 50% with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.
  • 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of 1 part) and ion-exchanged water (59.7 parts), and the mixture was dispersed under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 6a.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 8a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8a> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion 8a was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1a except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359 (6.0 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.0 parts). ..
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 9a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9a> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion 9a was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 3a except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359 (6.0 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.0 parts). ..
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 10a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10a> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion 10a was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 6a except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359 (6.0 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.0 parts). ..
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 11a Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11a> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion 11a was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1a except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 72 (4.7 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (5.3 parts). ..
  • Examples 1a to 7a and Comparative Examples 1a to 4a Preparation of ink>
  • the aqueous dispersions 1a to 11a obtained above were mixed with each component shown in Tables 2 and 3 below, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0.
  • Each ink of Examples 1a to 7a and Comparative Examples 1a to 4a was prepared by filtering with 5 ⁇ m).
  • the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 1b Preparation of aqueous dispersion 1b> C.
  • Disperse Blue 60 3.3 parts
  • Kayaset Yellow AG manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • CI Disperse Yellow 54 (6.7 parts)
  • Labelin W-40 Cyleosort Oil Soda Sulfate
  • Formalin polycondensate aqueous solution manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 2b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2b> Colorants were added to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (4.2 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts). An aqueous dispersion 1b was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1b except that it was changed.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 3b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3b> Compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (4.2 parts), Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts), SM-57 ( Polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 4b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4b> Colorants were added to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (4.2 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts). An aqueous dispersion 4b was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1b except that it was changed.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 5b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5b> Colorants were added to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (4.2 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts). An aqueous dispersion 5b was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 3b except for the modification.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 6b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6b> The compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (4.2 parts), Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts), Joncryl 678 above.
  • Emulsion solution (30 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL ( S) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) (manufactured by Ronza) and ion-exchanged water (59.7 parts), and the mixture was dispersed for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. rice field. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 6b.
  • GC-50 manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 7b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 7b> Colorants were added to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3) (4.6 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.4 parts). An aqueous dispersion 7b was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1b except that it was changed.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 8b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8b> Coloring agent C.I. I. Same as Preparation Example 1b except that it is changed to Disperse Blue 359 (5.0 copies) and Kayaset Yellow AG (C.I. Disperse Yellow 54) (5.0 copies) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. To obtain an aqueous dispersion 8b.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 9b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9b> Coloring agent C.I. I. Same as Preparation Example 3b except that it is changed to Disperse Blue 359 (5.0 copies) and Kayaset Yellow AG (C.I. Disperse Yellow 54) (5.0 copies) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. To obtain an aqueous dispersion 9b.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 10b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10b> Coloring agent C.I. I. Same as Preparation Example 6b except that it is changed to Disperse Blue 359 (5.0 copies) and Kayaset Yellow AG (C.I. Disperse Yellow 54) (5.0 copies) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. To obtain an aqueous dispersion 10b.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 11b Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11b> Coloring agent C.I. I. Same as Preparation Example 1b except that it is changed to Disperse Blue 72 (5.3 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (CI Disperse Yellow 54) (4.7 parts) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. To obtain an aqueous dispersion 11b.
  • Examples 1b to 7b and Comparative Examples 1b to 4b Preparation of ink>
  • the aqueous dispersions 1b to 11b obtained above were mixed with each component shown in Tables 5 and 6 below, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0.
  • Each ink of Examples 1b to 7b and Comparative Examples 1b to 4b was prepared by filtering with 5 ⁇ m).
  • the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 1c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 1c> Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulphonate polycondensate in creoseto oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) Add 0.2 mm diameter glass beads to a mixture consisting of (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 part), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and use a sand mill.
  • Kayaset Yellow AG manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd
  • the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1c.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 2c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2c> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 2c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 3c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3c> An aqueous dispersion 3c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 4c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4c> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 4c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 60.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 5c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5c> An aqueous dispersion 5c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 6c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6c> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 6c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 8c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8c> Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Joncryl 678 emulsion (30 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant)) , Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (59 parts).
  • Kayaset Yellow AG manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54
  • Joncryl 678 emulsion 30 parts
  • Surfinol 104PG50 Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant)
  • Air Products Japan Co., Ltd. diluted to 50% concentration with propy
  • 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 8c.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 9c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9c> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion 9c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8c except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 10c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10c> An aqueous dispersion 10c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8c except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 11c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11c> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 11c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 12c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 12c> Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), SM-57 (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant) (10) Part), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (Lonza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (79.7 parts), and the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (man
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 14c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Solution 14c> An aqueous dispersion 14c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 12c except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 15c Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 15c> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 15c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 12c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
  • Examples 1c to 14c and Comparative Example 1c Ink preparation> After mixing the aqueous dispersions 1c to 15c obtained above with each component shown in Tables 8 and 9 below and stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0. Each ink of Examples 1c to 14c and Comparative Example 1c was prepared by filtering with 5 ⁇ m). In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
  • Each of the prepared inks is filled in an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 100% Duty and 40% Duty single colors. Intermediate recording media on which solid images were printed were obtained. After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 30 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products (for the inks of Examples 10c to 14c, only the evaluation of color development was performed). The evaluation results are shown in Tables 10 and 11.
  • Sigma K / S value is 360 or more A: Sigma K / S value is 350 or more and less than 360 B: Sigma K / S value is 340 or more and less than 350 C: Sigma K / S value is 330 or more and less than 340 D: Sigma K / S value is less than 330
  • L * D65 is the L * value in the D65 light source
  • L * A is the L * value in the A light source
  • a * D65 is the a * value in the D65 light source
  • a * A is the a * value in the A light source
  • b * D65 Indicates the b * value in the D65 light source
  • b * A indicates the b * value in the A light source.
  • ⁇ E D65-A [(L * D65 -L * A ) 2 + (a * D65 -a * A ) 2 + (b * D65 -b * A ) 2 ] 0.5 ... (I)
  • the color rendering property was evaluated from the value of ⁇ ED65-A according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • the inks of Examples 1c to 14c were superior in color development to the inks of Comparative Example 1c. Further, the inks of Examples 1c to 9c were also excellent in the performance of suppressing the hue change due to the influence of the color rendering property as compared with the inks of Comparative Example 1c.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 1d Preparation of aqueous dispersion 1d> Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulphonate polycondensate in creoseto oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) Add 0.2 mm diameter glass beads to a mixture consisting of (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 part), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and use a sand mill.
  • Kayaset Yellow AG manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.,
  • the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1d.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 2d Preparation of aqueous dispersion 2d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 2d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 3d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3d> An aqueous dispersion 3d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 4d Preparation of aqueous dispersion 4d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 4d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 60.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 5d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5d> An aqueous dispersion 5d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 6d Preparation of aqueous dispersion 6d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 6d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 7d Preparation of aqueous dispersion 7d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 7d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 8d Preparation of aqueous dispersion 8d> Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Joncryl 678 emulsion (30 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant)) , Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (59 parts).
  • Kayaset Yellow AG manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54
  • Joncryl 678 emulsion 30 parts
  • Surfinol 104PG50 Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant)
  • Air Products Japan Co., Ltd. diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glyco
  • 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 8d.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 9d Preparation of aqueous dispersion 9d> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion 9d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8d except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 10d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10d> An aqueous dispersion 10d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8d except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 11d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 11d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 12d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 12d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 12d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 13d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 13d> Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), SM-57 (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant) (10) Part), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (Lonza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (79.7 parts), and the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (man
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 14d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 14d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 14d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 13d except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 15d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 15d> An aqueous dispersion 15d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 13d except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 16d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 16d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 16d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 13d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 17d Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 17d> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 17d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 13d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
  • Examples 1d to 10d and Comparative Example 1d Preparation of ink> After mixing the aqueous dispersions 1d to 17d obtained above with each component shown in Table 12 below and stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m). Each ink of Examples 1d to 10d and Comparative Example 1d was prepared by filtering with. In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
  • Sigma K / S value is 350 or more
  • B Sigma K / S value is 340 or more and less than 350
  • C Sigma K / S value is 330 or more and less than 340
  • D Sigma K / S value is less than 330
  • L * D65 is the L * value in the D65 light source
  • L * A is the L * value in the A light source
  • a * D65 is the a * value in the D65 light source
  • a * A is the a * value in the A light source
  • b * D65 Indicates the b * value in the D65 light source
  • b * A indicates the b * value in the A light source.
  • ⁇ E D65-A [(L * D65 -L * A ) 2 + (a * D65 -a * A ) 2 + (b * D65 -b * A ) 2 ] 0.5 ... (I)
  • the color rendering property was evaluated from the value of ⁇ ED65-A according to the following evaluation criteria.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 2e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2e> An aqueous dispersion 2e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 3e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3e> An aqueous dispersion 3e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 4e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4e> An aqueous dispersion 4e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 5e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5e> An aqueous dispersion 5e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (F1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 6e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6e> Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 6e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 7e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 7e> C.
  • Disperse Blue 60 (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonate formalin polycondensate of cleosort oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant)) Activator, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd. diluted to a concentration of 50% with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water.
  • Laberin W-40 Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonate formalin polycondensate of cleosort oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
  • Surfinol 104PG50 Surf
  • 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (74.7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion 7e.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 8e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8e> An aqueous dispersion 8e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 9e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9e> An aqueous dispersion 9e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (F1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 10e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10e> The compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), the emulsion solution of Joncryl 678 (30 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant surface activity)). Agent, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd. diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (0.1 parts).
  • A1-1 The compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), the emulsion solution of Joncryl 678 (30 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant surface activity)). Agent, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.
  • aqueous dispersion liquid 10e 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of 58.9 parts), and the mixture was dispersed under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 10e.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 11e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11e> An aqueous dispersion 11e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 10e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (F1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 12e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 12e> Compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), SM-57 (polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (10 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 13e Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 13e> An aqueous dispersion 13e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 12e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (F1).
  • Examples 1e to 22e and Comparative Examples 1e to 3e Preparation of ink>
  • the aqueous dispersions 1e to 13e obtained above were mixed with each component shown in Tables 14 and 15 below, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0.
  • Each ink of Examples 1e to 22e and Comparative Examples 1e to 3e was prepared by filtering with 5 ⁇ m).
  • the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
  • Sigma K / S value is 120 or more
  • Sigma K / S value is 90 or more and less than 120
  • C Sigma K / S value is 60 or more and less than 90
  • D Sigma K / S value is less than 60
  • H * is 285 or more and less than 295
  • H * is 282 or more and less than 285, or 295 or more and less than 298
  • H * is 280 or more and less than 282, or 298 or more and less than 300
  • H * is 300 or more or less than 280
  • the light robustness test was performed according to the JIS L0843A method. That is, under the conditions of black panel temperature: 63 ° C, tank temperature: 38 ° C, relative humidity: 50%, irradiance: 50 W / m 2 (wavelength 300 to 400 nm), inner filter: quartz, outer filter: soda lime glass. , Xenon Weather Meter SUGA NX75 (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) was used to irradiate each dyed product of 100% Duty obtained with a light source Xenon arc for 39.4 hours.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 1f Preparation of aqueous dispersion 1f> C.
  • Disperse Blue 60 (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonic acid sulfonic acid polycondensate, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufacture
  • aqueous dispersion 2f Preparation of aqueous dispersion 2f> An aqueous dispersion 2f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 3f Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3f> An aqueous dispersion 3f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
  • aqueous dispersion 4f Preparation of aqueous dispersion 4f> An aqueous dispersion 4f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 5f Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5f> Compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonic acid sulfonic acid polycondensate, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 ( Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted with propylene glycol to a concentration of 50% (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size:
  • aqueous dispersion 6f Preparation of aqueous dispersion 6f> An aqueous dispersion 6f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5f except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 7f Preparation of aqueous dispersion 7f> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion 7f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359 (10 parts).
  • aqueous dispersion 9f Preparation of aqueous dispersion 9f> An aqueous dispersion 9f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5f except that the colorant was changed to Kayaset Yellow AG (CI Disperse Yellow 54, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) (10 parts).
  • Kayaset Yellow AG CI Disperse Yellow 54, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Examples 1f to 4f and Comparative Examples 1f to 5f Preparation of ink set>
  • the inks obtained above were combined as shown in Table 19 below and filled into a cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge, respectively, to obtain ink sets of Examples 1f to 4f and Comparative Examples 1f to 5f.
  • Example 1f in Table 19 the cyan ink cartridge was filled with ink 1f, and the yellow ink cartridge was filled with ink 8f.
  • a cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge are loaded into an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 10 levels of each ink are used. Intermediate recording media on which a total of 100 patches were printed were obtained so as to form a matrix in which the key (print density) patterns were combined. More specifically, the printing Duties of the two types of inks constituting the ink set (cyan ink printing Duty / yellow ink printing Duty) are 100% / 10 to 100% and 90% / 10 to 100%, respectively.
  • C * is 70 or more
  • B C * is 65 or more and less than 70
  • C * is 60 or more and less than 65
  • D C * is less than 60-Evaluation criteria (when the hue angle is 165 ° to 170 °)-
  • Dc value is 1.25 or more
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 1 g Preparation of 1 g of aqueous dispersion> C.
  • Disperse Blue 60 (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonic acid sulfonic acid polycondensate, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufact
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 2g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 2g> An aqueous dispersion (2 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 3 g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 3 g> An aqueous dispersion (3 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 4 g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 4 g> An aqueous dispersion (4 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 5 g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 5 g> Compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), SM-57 (polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (10 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104).
  • Preparation Example 6 g Preparation of 6 g of aqueous dispersion> An aqueous dispersion (6 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 7 g Preparation of 7 g of aqueous dispersion>
  • the compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), the emulsion solution of Joncryl 678 (30 parts), and Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) are propylene. 0.
  • glycol diluted to a concentration of 50%
  • Proxylene GXL (S) manufactured by Ronza
  • ion-exchanged water 59.7 parts).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 9 g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 9 g> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion (9 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 10 g Preparation of 10 g of aqueous dispersion> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion (10 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5 g except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 11 g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 11 g> Coloring agent C.I. I. 11 g of the aqueous dispersion was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7 g except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 12 g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 12 g> An aqueous dispersion (12 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (B1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 13 g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 13 g> An aqueous dispersion (13 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (B1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 14 g Preparation of aqueous dispersion 14 g> An aqueous dispersion (14 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (B1-1).
  • Examples 1 g to 14 g and Comparative Examples 1 g to 3 g Preparation of ink set> The inks obtained above were combined as shown in Tables 23 and 24 below and filled into a cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge, respectively, to obtain ink sets of Examples 1 g to 14 g and Comparative Examples 1 g to 3 g.
  • the cyan ink cartridge was filled with 1 g of ink
  • the yellow ink cartridge was filled with 12 g of ink.
  • a cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge are loaded into an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 10 levels of each ink are used. Intermediate recording media on which a total of 100 patches were printed were obtained so as to form a matrix in which the key (print density) patterns were combined. More specifically, the printing Duties of the two types of inks constituting the ink set (cyan ink printing Duty / yellow ink printing Duty) are 100% / 10 to 100%, 90% / 10 to 100%, respectively.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 1h Preparation of aqueous dispersion 1h> Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulphonate polycondensate in creoseto oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) Add 0.2 mm diameter glass beads to a mixture consisting of (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 part), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and use a sand mill.
  • Kayaset Yellow AG manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.,
  • the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1h.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 2h Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2h> Coloring agent C.I. I.
  • An aqueous dispersion 2h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1h except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 3h Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3h> An aqueous dispersion 3h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (G1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 4h Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4h> An aqueous dispersion 4h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 5h Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5h> An aqueous dispersion 5h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 6h Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6h> C.
  • 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (0.2 parts), Propylene GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (59.7 parts).
  • the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 6h.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 7h Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 7h> An aqueous dispersion 7 was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 6h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 8h Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8h> C.
  • 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of 7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill.
  • the obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 ⁇ m) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 8h.
  • ⁇ Preparation Example 9h Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9h> An aqueous dispersion 9h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
  • Examples 1h to 9h and Comparative Example 1h Preparation of ink set>
  • the inks obtained above were combined as shown in Table 28 below and filled into a magenta ink cartridge and a cyan ink cartridge, respectively, to obtain ink sets of Examples 1h to 9h and Comparative Example 1h, respectively.
  • the magenta ink cartridge was filled with ink 2h
  • the cyan ink cartridge was filled with ink 4h.
  • a magenta ink cartridge and a cyan ink cartridge are loaded into an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 10 levels of each ink are used. Intermediate recording media on which a total of 100 patches were printed were obtained so as to form a matrix in which the key (print density) patterns were combined. More specifically, the printing Duties of the two types of inks constituting the ink set (magenta ink printing Duty / cyan ink printing Duty) are 100% / 10 to 100% and 90% / 10 to 100%, respectively.

Abstract

Provided are: a colored fluid containing a water-insoluble colorant which has a maximum-absorption wavelength in a range of wavelengths exceeding 640 nm but not higher than 700 nm and in which, when the absorbance at the maximum-absorption wavelength is taken as 1, then b* expressed by the CIE color space is within the range of -30 to -20, and further containing, for example, a water-insoluble colorant which has a maximum-absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 410 nm to 450 nm; and an ink set including the colored fluid as an ink. Also provided are: a recording medium to which the colored fluid or each ink included in the ink set was adhered; and a textile printing method for hydrophobic fibers which includes using the colored fluid or the ink set.

Description

着色液、インクセット、記録メディア、及び疎水性繊維の捺染方法Printing methods for colorants, ink sets, recording media, and hydrophobic fibers
 本発明は、着色液、該着色液をインクとして含むインクセット、該着色液又は該インクセットに含まれる各インクが付着した記録メディア、及び該着色液又は該インクセットを用いた疎水性繊維の捺染方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a coloring liquid, an ink set containing the coloring liquid as ink, a recording medium to which each ink contained in the coloring liquid or the ink set is attached, and a hydrophobic fiber using the coloring liquid or the ink set. Regarding the printing method.
 近年、インクジェットによる無製版印刷を行う記録方法が提案され、布等を含めた繊維の捺染においてもインクジェット印刷による捺染(インクジェット捺染)が行われている。インクジェット印刷による捺染は、従来のスクリーン印刷等の捺染方法と比較して、無製版であること;省資源であること;省エネルギーであること;高精細表現が容易であること;等の様々な利点がある。 In recent years, a recording method for plate-free printing by inkjet has been proposed, and printing by inkjet printing (inkjet printing) is also performed in textile printing including cloth and the like. Printing by inkjet printing has various advantages over conventional printing methods such as screen printing, such as plate-free; resource saving; energy saving; easy high-definition expression; etc. There is.
 ここで、ポリエステル繊維を代表とする疎水性繊維は、一般に水不溶性色材により染色される。このため、インクジェット印刷により疎水性繊維を捺染するための水性インクとしては、一般に水不溶性色材を水中に分散させた、分散安定性等の性能が良好な分散インクを用いる必要がある。 Here, hydrophobic fibers typified by polyester fibers are generally dyed with a water-insoluble coloring material. Therefore, as a water-based ink for printing hydrophobic fibers by inkjet printing, it is generally necessary to use a dispersed ink in which a water-insoluble coloring material is dispersed in water and has good performance such as dispersion stability.
 疎水性繊維へのインクジェット捺染方式は、ダイレクトプリント法と昇華転写法とに大別される。ダイレクトプリント法は、疎水性繊維へ直接インクを付与(プリント)した後、高温スチーミング等の熱処理によりインク中の染料を疎水性繊維に染着させる捺染方法である。一方、昇華転写法は、中間記録媒体(専用の転写紙等)にインクを付与(プリント)した後、中間記録媒体のインク付与面と疎水性繊維とを重ね合わせた後、熱により染料を中間記録媒体から疎水性繊維へと転写させる捺染方法である。 The inkjet printing method for hydrophobic fibers is roughly divided into a direct printing method and a sublimation transfer method. The direct printing method is a printing method in which an ink is directly applied (printed) to a hydrophobic fiber and then a dye in the ink is dyed on the hydrophobic fiber by a heat treatment such as high temperature steaming. On the other hand, in the sublimation transfer method, ink is applied (printed) to an intermediate recording medium (dedicated transfer paper, etc.), the ink-applied surface of the intermediate recording medium is superposed on the hydrophobic fiber, and then the dye is intermediated by heat. This is a printing method for transferring from a recording medium to hydrophobic fibers.
 昇華転写法は、のぼり旗等の捺染加工に主に用いられており、インク中には熱処理による疎水性繊維への転写適性に優れた易昇華型の染料が用いられる。加工工程には、(1)プリント工程:インクジェットプリンタにより染料インクを中間記録媒体に付与する工程、(2)転写工程:熱処理により染料を中間記録媒体から繊維へと転写及び染着させる工程、の2工程が含まれ、市販の転写紙が広く使用できるため繊維の前処理は必要とせず、洗浄工程も省略されている。 The sublimation transfer method is mainly used for printing of banners and the like, and an easy sublimation type dye having excellent transfer suitability to hydrophobic fibers by heat treatment is used in the ink. The processing steps include (1) printing step: applying dye ink to the intermediate recording medium by an inkjet printer, and (2) transfer step: transferring and dyeing the dye from the intermediate recording medium to the fiber by heat treatment. Since two steps are included and commercially available transfer paper can be widely used, pretreatment of fibers is not required and the cleaning step is omitted.
 昇華転写法用のインクとしては、水不溶性染料を水中に分散させた水性インクが一般的に用いられている。例えば、特許文献1には、分散染料及び油溶性染料から選択される水不溶性染料を分散剤により水中に分散させた染料分散液に対して、保湿剤(乾燥防止剤)としての水溶性有機溶剤、表面張力調整剤としての界面活性剤、及びその他の添加剤(pH調整剤、防腐防黴剤、消泡剤等)を添加し、粒度、粘度、表面張力、pH等の物理特性(物性)を最適化して水性インクを調製することが記載されている。 As the ink for the sublimation transfer method, a water-based ink in which a water-insoluble dye is dispersed in water is generally used. For example, Patent Document 1 describes a water-soluble organic solvent as a moisturizing agent (anti-drying agent) for a dye dispersion liquid in which a water-insoluble dye selected from a disperse dye and an oil-soluble dye is dispersed in water with a dispersant. , Surfactant as a surface tension adjuster, and other additives (pH adjuster, antiseptic dye, defoamer, etc.) are added, and physical properties (physical properties) such as particle size, viscosity, surface tension, pH, etc. It is described that the water-based ink is prepared by optimizing.
 一方、昇華転写法用の中間記録媒体としては、表面にシリカ等の無機微粒子によってインク受容層が形成され、かつ、坪量が比較的大きく多量のインクを付与できるインクジェット用専用紙が一般的に用いられている。近年では、より坪量の小さい転写紙やインク受容層が少ない転写紙が用いられており、少ないインク量で高い転写効率及び染色濃度(発色性)を実現することが強く求められている。 On the other hand, as an intermediate recording medium for the sublimation transfer method, an inkjet paper having an ink receiving layer formed on the surface by inorganic fine particles such as silica and having a relatively large basis weight and capable of applying a large amount of ink is generally used. It is used. In recent years, transfer papers having a smaller basis weight and transfer papers having a smaller ink receiving layer have been used, and there is a strong demand for achieving high transfer efficiency and dyeing density (color development) with a small amount of ink.
国際公開第2005/121263号International Publication No. 2005/121263
 本発明は、昇華転写法に好適に用いられる新規な着色液、該着色液をインクとして含むインクセット、該着色液又は該インクセットに含まれる各インクが付着した記録メディア、及び該着色液又は該インクセットを用いた疎水性繊維の捺染方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention is a novel coloring liquid suitably used for a sublimation transfer method, an ink set containing the coloring liquid as ink, the coloring liquid or a recording medium to which each ink contained in the ink set is attached, and the coloring liquid or the coloring liquid. An object of the present invention is to provide a method for printing hydrophobic fibers using the ink set.
 上記課題を解決するための具体的な手段には、以下の実施態様が含まれる。
1)
 下記(i)及び(ii):
(i)640nm超700nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-30~-20の範囲内である;
(ii)ハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項が11MPa0.5以上12.6MPa0.5未満である;
の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす水不溶性着色剤Aを含有し、かつ、下記(a)~(d):
(a)380nm以上500nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1とした場合のCIE色空間で表すbが65~80の範囲内である、下記式(B1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
[式中、Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換若しくは非置換アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアリールオキシ基を示し、Xは、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を示す。]
で表される水不溶性着色剤Bを含有する;
(b)410nm以上450nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する、前記水不溶性着色剤Bとは異なる水不溶性着色剤Cを含有する;
(c)前記水不溶性着色剤A以外の少なくとも2種の水不溶性着色剤を含有する;
(d)フィトステロール化合物を含有する;
の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす、着色液。
Specific means for solving the above problems include the following embodiments.
1)
The following (i) and (ii):
(I) The b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -30 to -20 when the maximum absorption wavelength is in the wavelength range of more than 640 nm and 700 nm or less and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. ;
(Ii) The polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ;
Contains the water-insoluble colorant A satisfying at least one of the following conditions (a) to (d):
(A) The following formula, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and b * represented by the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1 is in the range of 65 to 80. (B1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
[In the formula, RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. ]
Contains the water-insoluble colorant B represented by;
(B) Contains a water-insoluble colorant C different from the water-insoluble colorant B, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 410 nm or more and 450 nm or less;
(C) Contains at least two water-insoluble colorants other than the water-insoluble colorant A;
(D) Contains a phytosterol compound;
A coloring liquid that satisfies at least one of the above conditions.
2)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Aがアンスラキノン構造を有する、1)に記載の着色液。
2)
The coloring liquid according to 1), wherein the water-insoluble colorant A has an anthraquinone structure.
3)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Aの分子量が340以上である、1)又は2)に記載の着色液。
3)
The coloring liquid according to 1) or 2), wherein the water-insoluble colorant A has a molecular weight of 340 or more.
4)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Aのハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項が11MPa0.5以上12.6MPa0.5未満であり、水素結合項が7MPa0.5以上10MPa0.5以下である、1)~3)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。
4)
The polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the water-insoluble colorant A is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 , and the hydrogen bond term is 7 MPa 0.5 or more and 10 MPa 0.5 or less 1) to 3 ). The coloring liquid according to any one of the items.
5)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Cと、450nm超590nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Dと、590nm超640nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Eとを含有する、1)~4)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。
5)
It contains the water-insoluble colorant C, the water-insoluble colorant D having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of more than 450 nm and 590 nm or less, and the water-insoluble colorant E having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of more than 590 nm and 640 nm or less. The coloring liquid according to any one of 1) to 4).
6)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Aの質量基準の含有量を(A)とし、前記水不溶性着色剤C及び前記水不溶性着色剤Eの質量基準の含有量を(C+E)としたとき、(A)/(C+E)で算出される値が0.8未満である、5)に記載の着色液。
6)
When the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant A is (A) and the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant C and the water-insoluble colorant E is (C + E), (A) / ( The coloring liquid according to 5), wherein the value calculated by C + E) is less than 0.8.
7)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Cの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すa値が-25~-10の範囲内であり、かつ、前記水不溶性着色剤Dの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すa値が15~35の範囲内である、5)又は6)に記載の着色液。
7)
When the absorbance of the water-insoluble colorant C at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1, the a * value represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -25 to -10, and the maximum absorption of the water-insoluble colorant D is achieved. The coloring solution according to 5) or 6), wherein the a * value represented by the CIE color space is in the range of 15 to 35 when the absorbance at the wavelength is 1.
8)
 C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54を含有する、1)~7)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。
8)
C. I. The coloring liquid according to any one of 1) to 7), which contains Disperse Yellow 54.
9)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Bを含有する、1)~4)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。
9)
The coloring liquid according to any one of 1) to 4), which contains the water-insoluble colorant B.
10)
 前記式(B1)中、Rが置換又は非置換アミノ基を示し、Xがハロゲン原子を示す、9)に記載の着色液。
10)
The coloring liquid according to 9), wherein RB represents a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and X B represents a halogen atom in the above formula (B1).
11)
 560nm以上600nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Fと、フィトステロール化合物とを含有する、1)~4)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。
11)
The coloring solution according to any one of 1) to 4), which contains a water-insoluble colorant F having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and 600 nm or less and a phytosterol compound.
12)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Fがアンスラキノン構造を有する、11)に記載の着色液。
12)
11. The coloring liquid according to 11), wherein the water-insoluble colorant F has an anthraquinone structure.
13)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Fの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-65~-55の範囲内であり、かつ、分子量が300~400の範囲内である、11)又は12)に記載の着色液。
13)
When the absorbance of the water-insoluble colorant F at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1, b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -65 to -55, and the molecular weight is in the range of 300 to 400. , 11) or 12).
14)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Fが下記式(F1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
で表される化合物を含む、11)~13)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。
14)
The water-insoluble colorant F has the following formula (F1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
The coloring liquid according to any one of 11) to 13), which comprises the compound represented by.
15)
 さらに、分散剤、界面活性剤、及び水を含有する、1)~14)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。
15)
The coloring liquid according to any one of 1) to 14), further containing a dispersant, a surfactant, and water.
16)
 前記分散剤が、スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体、芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩、ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルサルフェート、及びポリオキシエチレンナフチルエーテルからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、15)に記載の着色液。
16)
The dispersant comprises a styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer, a formarin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether sulfate, and polyoxyethylene naphthyl ether. The coloring solution according to 15), which comprises at least one selected from the group.
17)
 前記芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩が、クレオソート油スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩を含む、16)に記載の着色液。
17)
16) The coloring solution according to 16), wherein the formalin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof contains a formalin condensate of creosote oil sulfonic acid or a salt thereof.
18)
 前記ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルがポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルであり、及び/又は、前記ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルサルフェートがポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェートである、16)又は17)に記載の着色液。
18)
The coloring solution according to 16) or 17), wherein the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether is polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether and / or the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether sulfate is polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate. ..
19)
 下記(i)及び(ii):
(i)640nm超700nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-30~-20の範囲内である;
(ii)ハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項が11MPa0.5以上12.6MPa0.5未満である;
の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす水不溶性着色剤Aを含有するインクAを含み、かつ、下記(e)~(g):
(e)前記インクAがフィトステロール化合物を含有し、かつ、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54及びフィトステロール化合物を含有するインクBを含む;
(f)380nm以上500nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1とした場合のCIE色空間で表すbが65~80の範囲内である、下記式(B1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[式中、Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換若しくは非置換アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアリールオキシ基を示し、Xは、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を示す。]
で表される水不溶性着色剤Bを含有するインクCを含む;
(g)560nm以上660nm未満の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Gを含有するインクD(但し、C.I.ディスパースバイオレット 27又はC.I.ディスパースバイオレット 28を含有するものを除く)を含む;
の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす、インクセット。
19)
The following (i) and (ii):
(I) The b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -30 to -20 when the maximum absorption wavelength is in the wavelength range of more than 640 nm and 700 nm or less and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. ;
(Ii) The polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ;
Contains ink A containing a water-insoluble colorant A satisfying at least one of the following conditions (e) to (g):
(E) The ink A contains a phytosterol compound, and C.I. I. Includes Ink B containing Disperse Yellow 54 and phytosterol compounds;
(F) The following formula, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and b * represented by the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1 is in the range of 65 to 80. (B1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[In the formula, RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. ]
Contains ink C containing a water-insoluble colorant B represented by;
(G) Ink D containing a water-insoluble colorant G having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and less than 660 nm (provided that CI Disperse Violet 27 or CI Disperse Violet 28 is contained. Includes);
An ink set that meets at least one of the conditions.
20)
 前記インクBを含む、19)に記載のインクセット。
20)
The ink set according to 19), which comprises the ink B.
21)
 前記フィトステロール化合物がフィトステロールのアルキレンオキサイド付加物である、19)又は20)に記載のインクセット。
21)
The ink set according to 19) or 20), wherein the phytosterol compound is an alkylene oxide adduct of phytosterol.
22)
 前記インクCを含む、19)に記載のインクセット。
22)
The ink set according to 19), which comprises the ink C.
23)
 前記式(B1)中、Rが置換又は非置換アミノ基を示し、Xがハロゲン原子を示す、22)に記載のインクセット。
23)
22) The ink set according to 22), wherein in the formula (B1), RB represents a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and X B represents a halogen atom.
24)
 前記インクDを含む、19)に記載のインクセット。
24)
The ink set according to 19), which comprises the ink D.
25)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Gがアンスラキノン構造を有する、24)に記載のインクセット。
25)
24) The ink set according to 24), wherein the water-insoluble colorant G has an anthraquinone structure.
26)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Gの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-70~-40の範囲内である、24)又は25)に記載のインクセット。
26)
The ink set according to 24) or 25), wherein b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of −70 to −40 when the absorbance of the water-insoluble colorant G at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
27)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Gの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すaが-20~40の範囲内である、24)~26)のいずれか1項に記載のインクセット。
27)
The item according to any one of 24) to 26), wherein a * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of −20 to 40 when the absorbance of the water-insoluble colorant G at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. Ink set.
28)
 前記水不溶性着色剤Gの分子量が250~340である、24)~27)のいずれか1項に記載のインクセット。
28)
The ink set according to any one of 24) to 27), wherein the water-insoluble colorant G has a molecular weight of 250 to 340.
29)
 1)~18)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液、又は請求項19)~28)のいずれか1項に記載のインクセットに含まれる各インクが付着した記録メディア。
29)
A recording medium to which the coloring liquid according to any one of 1) to 18) or each ink contained in the ink set according to any one of claims 19) to 28) is adhered.
30)
 前記記録メディアが疎水性繊維である、29)に記載の記録メディア
30)
29) The recording medium according to 29), wherein the recording medium is a hydrophobic fiber.
31)
 1)~18)のいずれか1項に記載の着色液の液滴、又は19)~28)のいずれか1項に記載のインクセットに含まれる各インクの液滴を中間記録媒体に付着させて記録画像を得るプリント工程と、
 前記中間記録媒体における前記着色液又は前記インクの付着面に疎水性繊維を接触させ、熱処理することにより前記記録画像を前記疎水性繊維に転写する転写工程と、
を含む疎水性繊維の捺染方法。
31)
The droplets of the coloring liquid according to any one of 1) to 18) or the droplets of each ink contained in the ink set according to any one of 19) to 28) are attached to the intermediate recording medium. And the printing process to obtain the recorded image
A transfer step of transferring the recorded image to the hydrophobic fiber by bringing the hydrophobic fiber into contact with the adhering surface of the coloring liquid or the ink in the intermediate recording medium and heat-treating it.
Method for printing hydrophobic fibers including.
 本発明によれば、昇華転写法に好適に用いられる新規な着色液、該着色液をインクとして含むインクセット、該着色液又は該インクセットに含まれる各インクが付着した記録メディア、及び該着色液又は該インクセットを用いた疎水性繊維の捺染方法を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a novel coloring liquid suitably used for a sublimation transfer method, an ink set containing the coloring liquid as ink, a recording medium to which the coloring liquid or each ink contained in the ink set is attached, and the coloring. It is possible to provide a method for printing hydrophobic fibers using a liquid or the ink set.
 以下、本発明を適用した具体的な実施形態について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、水不溶性着色剤の極大吸収波長や色度は、水不溶性着色剤をジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)に溶解又は分散させ、紫外可視分光吸収における極大吸収波長の吸光度が1となるように濃度調整した溶液について測定する。
 また、本明細書において、水不溶性着色剤等の各成分は、いずれも1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 なお、本明細書において、「C.I.」は、カラーインデックスの略記載である。
Hereinafter, specific embodiments to which the present invention is applied will be described in detail.
In the present specification, the maximum absorption wavelength and chromaticity of the water-insoluble colorant are set so that the water-insoluble colorant is dissolved or dispersed in dimethylformamide (DMF) so that the absorbance of the maximum absorption wavelength in ultraviolet-visible spectroscopic absorption becomes 1. Measure the concentration-adjusted solution.
Further, in the present specification, each component such as a water-insoluble colorant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In this specification, "CI" is an abbreviation for Color Index.
≪着色液≫
 本実施形態に係る着色液は、下記(i)及び(ii):
(i)640nm超700nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-30~-20の範囲内である;
(ii)ハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項が11MPa0.5以上12.6MPa0.5未満である;
の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす水不溶性着色剤Aを含有し、かつ、下記(a)~(d):
(a)380nm以上500nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1とした場合のCIE色空間で表すbが65~80の範囲内である、下記式(B1)で表される水不溶性着色剤Bを含有する;
(b)410nm以上450nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する、水不溶性着色剤Bとは異なる水不溶性着色剤Cを含有する;
(c)水不溶性着色剤A以外の少なくとも2種の水不溶性着色剤を含有する;
(d)フィトステロール化合物を含有する;
の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす。
≪Coloring liquid≫
The coloring liquid according to this embodiment includes the following (i) and (ii):
(I) The b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -30 to -20 when the maximum absorption wavelength is in the wavelength range of more than 640 nm and 700 nm or less and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. ;
(Ii) The polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ;
Contains the water-insoluble colorant A satisfying at least one of the following conditions (a) to (d):
(A) The following formula, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and b * represented by the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1 is in the range of 65 to 80. Contains the water-insoluble colorant B represented by (B1);
(B) Contains a water-insoluble colorant C different from the water-insoluble colorant B, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 410 nm or more and 450 nm or less;
(C) Contains at least two water-insoluble colorants other than the water-insoluble colorant A;
(D) Contains a phytosterol compound;
At least one of the conditions is satisfied.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[式中、Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換若しくは非置換アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアリールオキシ基を示し、Xは、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を示す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[In the formula, RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. ]
 本実施形態における水不溶性着色剤としては、顔料、分散染料、油溶性染料等が挙げられ、分散染料及び油溶性染料が好ましい。 Examples of the water-insoluble colorant in the present embodiment include pigments, disperse dyes, oil-soluble dyes, and the like, and disperse dyes and oil-soluble dyes are preferable.
 以下では、まず、水不溶性着色剤Aについて説明し、次いで、条件(a)~(d)について説明し、次いで、その他の事項について説明する。 In the following, the water-insoluble colorant A will be described first, then the conditions (a) to (d) will be described, and then other matters will be described.
<水不溶性着色剤A>
 水不溶性着色剤Aは、下記(i)及び(ii):
(i)640nm超700nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-30~-20の範囲内である;
(ii)ハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項が11MPa0.5以上12.6MPa0.5未満である;
の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす。
<Water-insoluble colorant A>
The water-insoluble colorant A has the following (i) and (ii):
(I) The b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -30 to -20 when the maximum absorption wavelength is in the wavelength range of more than 640 nm and 700 nm or less and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. ;
(Ii) The polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ;
At least one of the conditions is satisfied.
 水不溶性着色剤Aが上記条件(i)を満たす場合、水不溶性着色剤Aは、660nm以上700nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有することが好ましく、660nm以上690nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有することがより好ましい。 When the water-insoluble colorant A satisfies the above condition (i), the water-insoluble colorant A preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 660 nm or more and 700 nm or less, and has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 660 nm or more and 690 nm or less. It is more preferable to have.
 ハンセン溶解度パラメータは、ヒルデブランドによって導入された溶解度パラメータを、分散項デルタD、極性項デルタP、水素結合項デルタHの3つの成分に分割したものである。ハンセン溶解度パラメータは、コンピュータソフトウェアであるHansen Solubility Prameters in Practice(HSPiP)を用いて、その分子を構成する水素原子、炭素原子、酸素原子の含有量や平均分子量等から推算することができる。 The Hansen solubility parameter is a solubility parameter introduced by Hildebrand divided into three components: a dispersion term delta D, a polar term delta P, and a hydrogen bond term delta H. The Hansen solubility parameter can be estimated from the contents and average molecular weights of hydrogen atoms, carbon atoms, oxygen atoms and the like constituting the molecule using Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP), which is computer software.
 水不溶性着色剤Aが上記条件(ii)を満たす場合、ハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項は、7MPa0.5以上10MPa0.5以下であることが好ましい。 When the water-insoluble colorant A satisfies the above condition (ii), the hydrogen bond term of the Hansen solubility parameter is preferably 7 MPa 0.5 or more and 10 MPa 0.5 or less.
 水不溶性着色剤Aは、上記条件(i)及び(ii)の少なくとも一方(好ましくは両方)を満たす限り特に限定されないが、アンスラキノン構造を有するものが好ましく、分子量が340以上であるものがより好ましい。 The water-insoluble colorant A is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies at least one (preferably both) of the above conditions (i) and (ii), but one having an anthraquinone structure is preferable, and one having a molecular weight of 340 or more is more preferable. preferable.
 上記条件(i)及び(ii)を満たす水不溶性着色剤Aの具体例としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースブルー 60、87、143、181、334;C.I.ソルベントブルー 67;下記式(A1)で表される化合物;等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the water-insoluble colorant A satisfying the above conditions (i) and (ii) include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 60, 87, 143, 181, 334; C.I. I. Solvent blue 67; a compound represented by the following formula (A1); and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[式中、R1A~R3Aは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を示す。該アルキル基は、置換基としてアルコキシ基を有していてもよい。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[In the formula, R 1A to R 3A each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may have an alkoxy group as a substituent. ]
 水不溶性着色剤Aの中でも、C.I.ディスパースブルー 60、及び下記式(A1-1)~(A1-3)で表される化合物が好ましく、下記式(A1-1)又は(A1-2)で表される化合物がより好ましく、下記式(A1-2)で表される化合物がさらに好ましい。なお、下記式(A1-1)で表される化合物は、C.I.ディスパースブルー 334とも称される。 Among the water-insoluble colorants A, C.I. I. Disperse blue 60 and compounds represented by the following formulas (A1-1) to (A1-3) are preferable, and compounds represented by the following formulas (A1-1) or (A1-2) are more preferable, and the following compounds are more preferable. The compound represented by the formula (A1-2) is more preferable. The compound represented by the following formula (A1-1) is C.I. I. Also known as Disperse Blue 334.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記式(A1)で表される化合物は、公知の方法により得ることができる。例えば、下記式(A2)で表される化合物と下記式(A3)で表される化合物とをスルホラン等の有機溶媒中で混合し、70~170℃、好ましくは100~160℃で反応させることにより、上記式(A1)で表される化合物を得ることができる。この反応は、常圧下で行ってもよく、オートクレーブ等を使用して加圧下で行ってもよい。 The compound represented by the above formula (A1) can be obtained by a known method. For example, the compound represented by the following formula (A2) and the compound represented by the following formula (A3) are mixed in an organic solvent such as sulfolane and reacted at 70 to 170 ° C, preferably 100 to 160 ° C. Therefore, the compound represented by the above formula (A1) can be obtained. This reaction may be carried out under normal pressure or under pressure using an autoclave or the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 水不溶性着色剤A、及び後述するその他の水不溶性着色剤(水不溶性着色剤B~F等)は、粉末状又は塊状の乾燥色材であってもよく、ウェットケーキ又はスラリーであってもよい。また、色材合成中や合成後に色材粒子の凝集を抑える目的として、界面活性剤等の分散剤が少量含有されたものであってもよい。市販の染料には、工業染色用、樹脂着色用、インク用、トナー用、インクジェット用等のグレードがあり、製造方法、純度、粒径等がそれぞれ異なる。粉砕後の凝集性を抑えるには、色材としてはより粒子の小さいものが好ましく、また、分散安定性及びインクの吐出精度への影響から、できるだけ不純物の少ないものが好ましい。 The water-insoluble colorant A and other water-insoluble colorants described below (water-insoluble colorants B to F, etc.) may be powdery or lumpy dry colorants, or may be wet cakes or slurries. .. Further, a dispersant such as a surfactant may be contained in a small amount for the purpose of suppressing the aggregation of the coloring material particles during or after the coloring material synthesis. Commercially available dyes have grades for industrial dyeing, resin coloring, ink, toner, inkjet, etc., and their manufacturing methods, purity, particle size, etc. are different from each other. In order to suppress the cohesiveness after pulverization, a color material having smaller particles is preferable, and a material having as few impurities as possible is preferable from the viewpoint of the influence on the dispersion stability and the ejection accuracy of the ink.
<条件(a)>
 上記条件(a)は、本実施形態に係る着色液が、380nm以上500nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1とした場合のCIE色空間で表すbが65~80の範囲内である、下記式(B1)で表される水不溶性着色剤Bを含有するというものである。本実施形態に係る着色液が水不溶性着色剤A及びBを含有することにより、例えば、高彩度のグリーンを表現することができる。
<Condition (a)>
The above condition (a) is represented by a CIE color space when the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 380 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. * Contains the water-insoluble colorant B represented by the following formula (B1), which is in the range of 65 to 80. By containing the water-insoluble colorants A and B in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment, for example, a highly saturated green can be expressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
[式中、Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換若しくは非置換アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアリールオキシ基を示し、Xは、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を示す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
[In the formula, RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. ]
 上記式(B1)中、ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、塩素原子であることが好ましい。 In the above formula (B1), examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a chlorine atom is preferable.
 炭素数1~8のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-オクチル基等の直鎖状アルキル基;イソプロピル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基等の分岐鎖状アルキル基;シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の環状アルキル基;などが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include a linear alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an n-butyl group and an n-octyl group; an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group and a tert. -A branched chain alkyl group such as a butyl group; a cyclic alkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; and the like.
 置換又は非置換アミノ基としては、例えば、アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、フェニルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基、メチルフェニルアミノ基等が挙げられ、ジエチルアミノ基であることが好ましい。上記の置換アミノ基は、さらに任意の置換基を有していてもよい。 Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted amino group include an amino group, a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, a phenylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a diphenylamino group, a methylphenylamino group and the like, which are diethylamino groups. Is preferable. The above-mentioned substituted amino group may further have an arbitrary substituent.
 アルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基等が挙げられる。アルコキシ基は、任意の置換基を有していてもよい。 Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group and the like. The alkoxy group may have any substituent.
 アリールオキシ基としては、例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基等が挙げられる。アリールオキシ基は、任意の置換基を有していてもよい。 Examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group and a naphthoxy group. The aryloxy group may have any substituent.
 上記式(B1)で表される水不溶性着色剤Bの中でも、Rが置換又は非置換アミノ基であり、Xがハロゲン原子であるものが好ましく、下記式(B1-1)で表される化合物がより好ましい。下記式(B1-1)で表される化合物は、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 232、C.I.ソルベントイエロー 160:1、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 184:1等と称される。 Among the water-insoluble colorants B represented by the above formula (B1), those in which RB is a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and X B is a halogen atom are preferable, and are represented by the following formula (B1-1). Compounds are more preferred. The compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) is C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 232, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 160: 1, C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 184: 1 etc.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記式(B1)で表される化合物は、例えば、Ayyangar N.Rらの方法(Ayyangar N.R. et al.,Dyes and Pigments,1991, 16(3),197-204)に従い、下記式(B2)で表される化合物と下記式(B3)で表される化合物とを縮合反応させることにより得ることができる。 The compound represented by the above formula (B1) is, for example, Ayyangar N. et al. According to the method of R et al. (Ayyangar N.R. et al., Days and Pigments, 991, 16 (3), 197-204), the compound represented by the following formula (B2) and the compound represented by the following formula (B3) are represented. It can be obtained by subjecting the compound to a condensation reaction.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 水不溶性着色剤Bの含有量は、水不溶性着色剤Aの含有量を100質量部としたときに、例えば、1~200質量部であることが好ましく、1~150質量部であることがより好ましい。 The content of the water-insoluble colorant B is preferably, for example, 1 to 200 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 150 parts by mass, when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. preferable.
 条件(a)における水不溶性着色剤の合計の含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~25質量%であることがより好ましい。 The total content of the water-insoluble colorant under the condition (a) is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. It is more preferable to have.
<条件(b)>
 上記条件(b)は、本実施形態に係る着色液が、410nm以上450nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する、水不溶性着色剤Bとは異なる水不溶性着色剤Cを含有するというものである。本実施形態に係る着色液が水不溶性着色剤A及びCを含有することにより、例えば、高彩度のグリーンを表現することができる。
<Condition (b)>
The above condition (b) is that the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a water-insoluble coloring agent C different from the water-insoluble coloring agent B, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 410 nm or more and 450 nm or less. .. By containing the water-insoluble colorants A and C in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment, for example, a highly saturated green can be expressed.
 水不溶性着色剤Cの具体例としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 5、42、49、50、51、54、58、60、64、71、82、83、88、93、99、100、103、114、119、126、149、160、162、164、165、180、182、183、184:1、186、192、198、202、204、211、215、216、218、224、226、231、232、234;C.I.ソルベントイエロー 16、29、33、44、56、77、79、93、98、103、104、105、112、116、117、122、126、144、145、157、160、160:1、163、200;C.I.ソルベントグリーン 5;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54、82、232が好ましく、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54がより好ましい。 Specific examples of the water-insoluble colorant C include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 5, 42, 49, 50, 51, 54, 58, 60, 64, 71, 82, 83, 88, 93, 99, 100, 103, 114, 119, 126, 149, 160, 162, 164 , 165, 180, 182, 183, 184: 1, 186, 192, 198, 202, 204, 211, 215, 216, 218, 224, 226, 231; 232, 234; I. Solvent Yellow 16, 29, 33, 44, 56, 77, 79, 93, 98, 103, 104, 105, 112, 116, 117, 122, 126, 144, 145, 157, 160, 160: 1, 163, 200; C.I. I. Solvent green 5; etc. Among these, C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 82, 232 is preferred, and C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54 is more preferable.
 また、水不溶性着色剤Cとしては、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すa値が-25~-10の範囲内であるものが好ましい。 Further, as the water-insoluble colorant C, it is preferable that the a * value represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -25 to -10 when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
 水不溶性着色剤Cの含有量は、水不溶性着色剤Aの含有量を100質量部としたときに、例えば、1~200質量部であることが好ましく、1~150質量部であることがより好ましい。 The content of the water-insoluble colorant C is preferably, for example, 1 to 200 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 150 parts by mass, when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. preferable.
 条件(b)における水不溶性着色剤の合計の含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~25質量%であることがより好ましい。 The total content of the water-insoluble colorant under the condition (b) is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. It is more preferable to have.
<条件(c)>
 上記条件(c)は、本実施形態に係る着色液が、水不溶性着色剤A以外の少なくとも2種の水不溶性着色剤を含有するというものであり、水不溶性着色剤A以外の少なくとも3種の水不溶性着色剤を含有することが好ましい。上記条件(c)を満たす着色液は、例えば、450nm超590nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Dと、590nm超640nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Eとを含有することが好ましく、上述した水不溶性着色剤Cと、水不溶性着色剤D及びEとを含有することがより好ましい。本実施形態に係る着色液が水不溶性着色剤A、D、及びEを含有することにより、例えば、発色性に優れた捺染物を得ることができる。また、本実施形態に係る着色液が水不溶性着色剤A、C、D、及びEを含有することにより、例えば、演色性の影響による色相変化が抑えられ、かつ、発色性に優れた黒色の捺染物を得ることができる。
<Condition (c)>
The above condition (c) is that the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains at least two kinds of water-insoluble coloring agents other than the water-insoluble coloring agent A, and at least three kinds other than the water-insoluble coloring agent A. It preferably contains a water-insoluble colorant. The coloring liquid satisfying the above condition (c) is, for example, a water-insoluble colorant D having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of more than 450 nm and 590 nm or less, and a water-insoluble colorant having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of more than 590 nm and 640 nm or less. It is preferable to contain E, and it is more preferable to contain the water-insoluble colorant C described above and the water-insoluble colorants D and E. When the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains the water-insoluble colorants A, D, and E, for example, a printed material having excellent color-developing property can be obtained. Further, by containing the water-insoluble colorants A, C, D, and E in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment, for example, the hue change due to the influence of the color rendering property is suppressed, and the black color is excellent in color rendering property. You can get the printed material.
 水不溶性着色剤Dの具体例としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースオレンジ 21、25、42、44、45、56、72、76、80、88、96、145;C.I.ディスパースブラウン 26、27;C.I.ディスパースレッド 11、50、53、54、55、56、65、72、73、74、75、76、81、82、86、90、91、92、96、111、117、121、122、126、127、131、132、134、135、145、146、151、152、153、154、159、164、167、177、181、185、188、191、192、200、202、206、207、221、224、225、229、239、257、258、277、283、288、303、307、312、320、323、324、328、329、338、341、343、349;C.I.ディスパースバイオレット 8、26、27、28、38、48、56、77、97、98;C.I.ディスパースブルー 72;C.I.ソルベントオレンジ 68、72、86;C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13、14、31、36;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、C.I.ディスパースオレンジ 25;C.I.ディスパースレッド 60;C.I.ディスパースブラウン 27;C.I.ディスパースバイオレット 17、27、28;C.I.ディスパースブルー 72;C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13が好ましく、C.I.ディスパースブラウン 27がより好ましい。なお、C.I.ディスパースブルー 72は、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13とも称される。 Specific examples of the water-insoluble colorant D include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Orange 21, 25, 42, 44, 45, 56, 72, 76, 80, 88, 96, 145; C.I. I. Disperse Brown 26, 27; C.I. I. Disperse Red 11, 50, 53, 54, 55, 56, 65, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 81, 82, 86, 90, 91, 92, 96, 111, 117, 121, 122, 126, 127, 131, 132, 134, 135, 145, 146, 151, 152, 153, 154, 159, 164, 167, 177, 181, 185, 188, 191, 192, 200, 202, 206, 207, 221 224, 225, 229, 239, 257, 258, 277, 283, 288, 303, 307, 312, 320, 323, 324, 328, 329, 338, 341, 343, 349; I. Disperse Violet 8,26,27,28,38,48,56,77,97,98; C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72; C.I. I. Solvent Orange 68, 72, 86; C.I. I. Solvent violet 13, 14, 31, 36; and the like. Among these, C.I. I. Disperse Orange 25; C.I. I. Disperse thread 60; C.I. I. Disperse Brown 27; C.I. I. Disperse Violet 17, 27, 28; C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72; C.I. I. Solvent Violet 13 is preferred, and C.I. I. Disperse brown 27 is more preferable. In addition, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72 is C.I. I. Also called Solvent Violet 13.
 また、水不溶性着色剤Dとしては、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すa値が15~35の範囲内であるものが好ましい。 The water-insoluble colorant D preferably has an a * value in the range of 15 to 35 in the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
 水不溶性着色剤Eの具体例としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースブルー 19、26、27、54、55、56、64、73、77、81、128、148、149、153、158、165、165:1、165:2、183、197、224、225、257、268、287、337、345、360;C.I.ソルベントブルー 35、36、78、111、112;C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、C.I.ディスパースブルー 360、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13が好ましく、C.I.ディスパースブルー 360がより好ましい。 Specific examples of the water-insoluble colorant E include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 19, 26, 27, 54, 55, 56, 64, 73, 77, 81, 128, 148, 149, 153, 158, 165, 165: 1, 165: 2, 183, 197, 224, 225 257, 268, 287, 337, 345, 360; C.I. I. Solvent Blue 35, 36, 78, 111, 112; C.I. I. Solvent Violet 13; etc. may be mentioned. Among these, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 360, C.I. I. Solvent Violet 13 is preferred, and C.I. I. Disperse blue 360 is more preferable.
 本実施形態に係る着色液が水不溶性着色剤A、C、D、及びEを含有する場合、水不溶性着色剤Cの含有量は、水不溶性着色剤Aの含有量を100質量部としたときに、例えば、3~70質量部であることが好ましく、35~45質量部であることがより好ましい。また、水不溶性着色剤Dの含有量は、水不溶性着色剤Aの含有量を100質量部としたときに、例えば、150~400質量部であることが好ましく、240~320質量部であることがより好ましい。また、水不溶性着色剤Eの含有量は、水不溶性着色剤Aの含有量を100質量部としたときに、例えば、80~350質量部であることが好ましく、180~280質量部であることがより好ましい。また、水不溶性着色剤A、C、D、及びE以外のその他の水不溶性着色剤の含有量は、水不溶性着色剤Aの含有量を100質量部としたときに、例えば、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、300質量部以下であることがより好ましい。 When the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains the water-insoluble colorants A, C, D, and E, the content of the water-insoluble colorant C is when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. In addition, for example, it is preferably 3 to 70 parts by mass, and more preferably 35 to 45 parts by mass. Further, the content of the water-insoluble colorant D is preferably, for example, 150 to 400 parts by mass, preferably 240 to 320 parts by mass, when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. Is more preferable. Further, the content of the water-insoluble colorant E is preferably, for example, 80 to 350 parts by mass, and 180 to 280 parts by mass, when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. Is more preferable. Further, the content of the water-insoluble colorant A, C, D, and other water-insoluble colorants other than E is, for example, 500 parts by mass or less when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. It is preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 300 parts by mass or less.
 また、水不溶性着色剤Aの質量基準の含有量を(A)とし、水不溶性着色剤C及びEの質量基準の含有量を(C+E)としたとき、(A)/(C+E)で算出される値は、0.8未満であることが好ましく、0.03以上0.8未満であることがより好ましく、0.03超0.75以下であることがさらに好ましく、0.05以上0.75以下であることが特に好ましく、0.1以上0.7以下であることが極めて好ましい。 Further, when the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant A is (A) and the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorants C and E is (C + E), it is calculated by (A) / (C + E). The value is preferably less than 0.8, more preferably 0.03 or more and less than 0.8, further preferably more than 0.03 and 0.75 or less, and 0.05 or more and 0. It is particularly preferably 75 or less, and extremely preferably 0.1 or more and 0.7 or less.
 条件(c)における水不溶性着色剤の合計の含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~25質量%であることがより好ましい。 The total content of the water-insoluble colorant under the condition (c) is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. It is more preferable to have.
<条件(d)>
 上記条件(d)は、本実施形態に係る着色液が、フィトステロール化合物を含有するというものである。上記条件(d)を満たす着色液は、例えば、560nm以上600nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Fと、フィトステロール化合物とを含有することが好ましい。本実施形態に係る着色液が水不溶性着色剤F及びフィトステロール化合物を含有することにより、例えば、耐光堅牢性が良好で、スジやムラの発生が抑えられ、発色性に優れたシアン色の捺染物を得ることができる。
<Condition (d)>
The above condition (d) is that the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a phytosterol compound. The coloring liquid satisfying the above condition (d) preferably contains, for example, a water-insoluble colorant F having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and 600 nm or less, and a phytosterol compound. By containing the water-insoluble colorant F and the phytosterol compound in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment, for example, a cyan-colored printed material having good light fastness, suppression of streaks and unevenness, and excellent color development. Can be obtained.
 水不溶性着色剤Fとしては特に限定されないが、アンスラキノン構造を有するものが好ましく、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-65~-55の範囲内であり、かつ、分子量が300~400の範囲内であるものがより好ましい。 The water-insoluble colorant F is not particularly limited, but one having an anthraquinone structure is preferable, and b * represented by the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1 is within the range of -65 to -55. It is more preferable that the molecular weight is in the range of 300 to 400.
 水不溶性着色剤Fの具体例としては、例えば、下記式(F1)で表される化合物;C.I.ディスパースブルー 72;C.I.ディスパースバイオレット 8、27、28、47、77、97、98;C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13、14、31、36;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、下記式(F1)で表される化合物が好ましい。なお、下記式(F1)で表される化合物は、C.I.ディスパースブルー 72、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13等とも称される。 Specific examples of the water-insoluble colorant F include a compound represented by the following formula (F1); C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72; C.I. I. Disperse Violet 8, 27, 28, 47, 77, 97, 98; C.I. I. Solvent violet 13, 14, 31, 36; and the like. Among these, the compound represented by the following formula (F1) is preferable. The compound represented by the following formula (F1) is C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72, C.I. I. Also called Solvent Violet 13 etc.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 本実施形態に係る着色液が水不溶性着色剤Fを含有する場合、水不溶性着色剤Fの含有量は、水不溶性着色剤Aの含有量を100質量部としたときに、例えば、10~150質量部であることが好ましく、20~80質量部であることがより好ましい。 When the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains the water-insoluble colorant F, the content of the water-insoluble colorant F is, for example, 10 to 150 when the content of the water-insoluble colorant A is 100 parts by mass. It is preferably parts by mass, more preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass.
 条件(d)における水不溶性着色剤の合計の含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~25質量%であることがより好ましい。 The total content of the water-insoluble colorant under the condition (d) is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. It is more preferable to have.
 フィトステロール化合物としては、フィトステロール又は水添フィトステロール(以下、両者をまとめて「フィトステロール類」ともいう。)のアルキレンオキサイド付加物が挙げられる。 Examples of the phytosterol compound include an alkylene oxide adduct of phytosterol or hydrogenated phytosterol (hereinafter, both are collectively referred to as "phytosterols").
 フィトステロール類のアルキレンオキサイド付加物としては、フィトステロール類のC2-C4アルキレンオキサイド付加物が好ましく、エチレンオキサイド付加物がより好ましい。また、フィトステロール類1モルあたりのアルキレンオキサイド(好ましくはC2-C4アルキレンオキサイド、より好ましくはエチレンオキサイド)の付加量は10~50モル程度が好ましく、HLBは13~20程度が好ましい。 As the phytosterol alkylene oxide adduct, the phytosterol C2-C4 alkylene oxide adduct is preferable, and the ethylene oxide adduct is more preferable. The amount of alkylene oxide (preferably C2-C4 alkylene oxide, more preferably ethylene oxide) added per mol of phytosterols is preferably about 10 to 50 mol, and the HLB is preferably about 13 to 20 mol.
 フィトステロール化合物の市販品としては、例えば、NIKKOL BPS-20、NIKKOL BPS-30(いずれも日光ケミカルズ株式会社製、フィトステロールのエチレンオキサイド付加物)、NIKKOL BPSH-25(同、水添フィトステロールのエチレンオキサイド付加物)等が挙げられ、NIKKOL BPS-30が好ましい。 Commercially available phytosterol compounds include, for example, NIKKOL BPS-20, NIKKOL BPS-30 (both manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd., phytosterol ethylene oxide adduct), and NIKKOL BPSH-25 (hydrogenated phytosterol ethylene oxide adduct). Things) and the like, and NIKKOL BPS-30 is preferable.
 フィトステロール化合物の含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、0.001~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01~7質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~3質量%であることがさらに好ましく、0.2~1質量%であることが特に好ましく、0.3~0.6質量%であることが極めて好ましい。 The content of the phytosterol compound is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 7% by mass, and 0.1 to 0.1% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. It is more preferably to 3% by mass, particularly preferably 0.2 to 1% by mass, and extremely preferably 0.3 to 0.6% by mass.
<分散剤>
 本実施形態に係る着色液は、分散剤をさらに含有することが好ましい。分散剤としては、例えば、スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体、芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩、ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルサルフェート、ポリオキシエチレンナフチルエーテルからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。
<Dispersant>
The coloring liquid according to this embodiment preferably further contains a dispersant. Dispersants include, for example, styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymers, formalin condensates of aromatic sulfonic acids or salts thereof, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether sulfates, and polyoxyethylene naphthyl ethers. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group.
 スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体は、スチレン系モノマーと(メタ)アクリル系モノマーの共重合体である。共重合体の具体例としては、(α-メチル)スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体、(α-メチル)スチレン-アクリル酸-アクリル酸エステル共重合体、(α-メチル)スチレン-メタクリル酸共重合体、(α-メチル)スチレン-メタクリル酸-アクリル酸エステル共重合体、(α-メチル)スチレン-アクリル酸エステル-(無水)マレイン酸共重合体、アクリル酸エステル-スチレンスルホン酸共重合体、(α-メチル)スチレン-メタクリルスルホン酸共重合体等が挙げられる。なお、本明細書において「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」及び「メタクリル」を含む意味として用いる。また、「(α-メチル)スチレン」は、「α-メチルスチレン」及び「スチレン」を含む意味として用いる。 The styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer is a copolymer of a styrene-based monomer and a (meth) acrylic-based monomer. Specific examples of the copolymer include (α-methyl) styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, (α-methyl) styrene-acrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, and (α-methyl) styrene-methacrylic acid copolymer. Combined, (α-methyl) styrene-methacrylic acid-acrylic acid ester copolymer, (α-methyl) styrene-acrylic acid ester- (anhydrous) maleic acid copolymer, acrylic acid ester-styrene sulfonic acid copolymer, Examples thereof include a (α-methyl) styrene-methacrylic sulfonic acid copolymer. In addition, in this specification, "(meth) acrylic" is used as a meaning including "acrylic" and "methacryl". Further, "(α-methyl) styrene" is used as a meaning including "α-methylstyrene" and "styrene".
 スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体の質量平均分子量は、例えば、1000~20000が好ましく、2000~19000がより好ましく、5000~17000がさらに好ましい。スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体の質量平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミュエーションクロマトグラフ)法で測定することができる。 The mass average molecular weight of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer is, for example, preferably 1000 to 20000, more preferably 2000 to 19000, and even more preferably 5000 to 17000. The mass average molecular weight of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer can be measured by a GPC (gel permeation chromatograph) method.
 スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体の酸価は、例えば、50~250mgKOH/gが好ましく、100~250mgKOH/gがより好ましく、150~250mgKOH/gがさらに好ましい。酸価を50mgKOH/g以上とすることにより、水に対する溶解性が向上し、また、分散安定化力が向上する傾向にある。また、酸価を250mgKOH/g以下とすることにより、水性媒体との親和性増大に起因して印字後の画像に滲みが発生することが抑えられる傾向にある。樹脂の酸価は、樹脂1gを中和するのに要するKOHのmg数を表し、JIS-K3054に従って測定することができる。 The acid value of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer is, for example, preferably 50 to 250 mgKOH / g, more preferably 100 to 250 mgKOH / g, and even more preferably 150 to 250 mgKOH / g. By setting the acid value to 50 mgKOH / g or more, the solubility in water tends to be improved and the dispersion stabilizing power tends to be improved. Further, by setting the acid value to 250 mgKOH / g or less, it tends to be possible to suppress the occurrence of blurring in the image after printing due to the increase in affinity with the aqueous medium. The acid value of the resin represents the number of mg of KOH required to neutralize 1 g of the resin, and can be measured according to JIS-K3054.
 スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体のガラス転移温度は、例えば、45~135℃が好ましく、55~120℃がより好ましく、60~110℃がさらに好ましい。 The glass transition temperature of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer is, for example, preferably 45 to 135 ° C, more preferably 55 to 120 ° C, still more preferably 60 to 110 ° C.
 スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体の市販品としては、例えば、Joncryl 67、678、680、682、683、690、52J、57J、60J、63J、70J、JDX-6180、HPD-196、HPD96J、PDX-6137A、6610、JDX-6500、JDX-6639、PDX-6102B、PDX-6124(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、Joncryl 67(質量平均分子量:12500、酸価:213mgKOH/g)、678(質量平均分子量:8500、酸価:215mgKOH/g)、682(質量平均分子量:1700、酸価:230mgKOH/g)、683(質量平均分子量:4900、酸価:215mgKOH/g)、690(質量平均分子量:16500、酸価:240mgKOH/g)が好ましく、Joncryl 678がより好ましい。 Commercially available products of the styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer include, for example, Joncryl 67, 678, 680, 682, 683, 690, 52J, 57J, 60J, 63J, 70J, JDX-6180, HPD-196, HPD96J, Examples thereof include PDX-6137A, 6610, JDX-6500, JDX-6369, PDX-6102B, PDX-6124 (all manufactured by BASF) and the like. Among these, Joncryl 67 (mass average molecular weight: 12500, acid value: 213 mgKOH / g), 678 (mass average molecular weight: 8500, acid value: 215 mgKOH / g), 682 (mass average molecular weight: 1700, acid value: 230 mgKOH / g). g), 683 (mass average molecular weight: 4900, acid value: 215 mgKOH / g), 690 (mass average molecular weight: 16500, acid value: 240 mgKOH / g) are preferable, and Joncryl 678 is more preferable.
 芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩としては、例えば、クレオソート油スルホン酸、クレゾールスルホン酸、フェノールスルホン酸、β-ナフタレンスルホン酸、β-ナフトールスルホン酸、β-ナフタリンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、クレゾールスルホン酸、2-ナフトール-6-スルホン酸、リグニンスルホン酸、メチルナフタレンスルホン酸等の各ホルマリン縮合物又はそれらの塩(ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、リチウム塩等)が挙げられる。これらの中では、クレオソート油スルホン酸、β-ナフタレンスルホン酸、リグニンスルホン酸、メチルナフタレンスルホン酸の各ホルマリン縮合物又はそれらの塩が好ましい。 Examples of the formalin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof include cleosort oil sulfonic acid, cresol sulfonic acid, phenol sulfonic acid, β-naphthalene sulfonic acid, β-naphthol sulfonic acid, β-naphthalin sulfonic acid, and benzene sulfonic acid. Examples thereof include formalin condensates such as acid, cresol sulfonic acid, 2-naphthol-6-sulfonic acid, lignin sulfonic acid, and methylnaphthalene sulfonic acid, or salts thereof (sodium salt, potassium salt, lithium salt, etc.). Among these, cleosort oil sulfonic acid, β-naphthalene sulfonic acid, lignin sulfonic acid, methylnaphthalene sulfonic acid formalin condensates or salts thereof are preferable.
 芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩は、市販品として入手することもできる。例えば、β-ナフタレンスルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩としては、デモールN(花王株式会社製)等が挙げられる。クレオソート油スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩としては、デモールC(花王株式会社製)、ラベリンWシリーズ(第一工業製薬株式会社製)等が挙げられる。特殊芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩としては、デモールSN-B(花王株式会社製)等が挙げられる。メチルナフタレンスルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩としては、ラベリンANシリーズ(第一工業製薬株式会社製)等が挙げられる。これらの中では、デモールN、ラベリンANシリーズ、及びラベリンWシリーズが好ましく、デモールN及びラベリンWシリーズがより好ましく、ラベリンWシリーズがさらに好ましい。リグニンスルホン酸としては、バニレックスN、バニレックスRN、バニレックスG、パールレックスDP(以上、日本製紙株式会社製)等が挙げられる。これらの中では、バニレックスRN、バニレックスN、及びバニレックスGが好ましい。 The formalin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof can also be obtained as a commercial product. For example, examples of the formalin condensate of β-naphthalene sulfonic acid or a salt thereof include Demor N (manufactured by Kao Corporation). Examples of the formalin condensate of creosote oil sulfonic acid or a salt thereof include Demor C (manufactured by Kao Corporation) and Laberin W series (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the formalin condensate of the special aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof include Demor SN-B (manufactured by Kao Corporation). Examples of the formalin condensate of methylnaphthalene sulfonic acid or a salt thereof include Laberin AN series (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) and the like. Among these, Demor N, Laberin AN series, and Labelin W series are preferable, Demor N and Labelin W series are more preferable, and Labelin W series is further preferable. Examples of the lignin sulfonic acid include Vanillex N, Vanillex RN, Vanillex G, Pearllex DP (all manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries, Ltd.) and the like. Of these, Vanillex RN, Vanillex N, and Vanillex G are preferred.
 ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルとしては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンジスチリルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレントリスチリルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンテトラスチリルフェニルエーテル等のスチリルフェノール化合物;ポリオキシエチレンベンジルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンジベンジルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレントリベンジルフェニルエーテル等のベンジルフェノール化合物;ポリオキシエチレンクミルフェニルエーテル等のクミルフェノール化合物;ポリオキシエチレンナフチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンビフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンフェノキシフェニルエーテル;などが挙げられる。 Examples of the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether include styrylphenol compounds such as polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene distyrylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene tristylylphenyl ether, and polyoxyethylene tetrastyrylphenyl ether; polyoxyethylene. Benzylphenol compounds such as benzylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene dibenzylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene tribenzylphenyl ether; cumylphenol compounds such as polyoxyethylene cumylphenyl ether; polyoxyethylene naphthylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene biphenyl Examples include ether, polyoxyethylene phenoxyphenyl ether; and the like.
 ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルにおけるポリオキシエチレン基の繰り返し数は、1~30が好ましく、15~30がより好ましい。繰り返し数が1以上であると、水性溶媒等との相溶性に優れる傾向にある。また、繰り返し数が30以下であると、粘度が高くなりすぎない傾向にある。 The number of repetitions of the polyoxyethylene group in the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 15 to 30. When the number of repetitions is 1 or more, the compatibility with an aqueous solvent or the like tends to be excellent. Further, when the number of repetitions is 30 or less, the viscosity tends not to be too high.
 ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルの中でも、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルが好ましい。ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルの市販品としては、例えば、パイオニンD-6112、パイオニンD-6115、パイオニンD-6120、パイオニンD-6131、パイオニンD-6512、タケサーフD-6413、DTD-51、パイオニンD-6112、パイオニンD-6320(以上、竹本油脂株式会社製);TS-1500、TS-2000、TS-2600、SM-174N(以上、東邦化学株式会社製);エマルゲンA-60、エマルゲンA-90、エマルゲンA-500(以上、花王株式会社製);などが挙げられる。 Among the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether is preferable. Commercially available products of polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether include, for example, Pionin D-6112, Pionin D-6115, Pionin D-6120, Pionin D-6131, Pionin D-6512, Takesurf D-6413, DTD-51, Pionin D. -6112, Pionin D-6320 (above, manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.); TS-1500, TS-2000, TS-2600, SM-174N (above, manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); Emargen A-60, Emargen A- 90, Emargen A-500 (all manufactured by Kao Corporation); and the like.
 ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルサルフェートとしては、例えば、上述したポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルの硫酸塩が挙げられる。 Examples of the polyoxyethylene aryl phenyl ether sulfate include the above-mentioned sulfate of polyoxyethylene aryl phenyl ether.
 ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルサルフェートの中でも、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェートが好ましい。ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェートの市販品としては、例えば、SM-57、SM-210(以上、東邦化学株式会社製)等が挙げられる。 Among the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether sulfates, polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate is preferable. Examples of commercially available products of polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate include SM-57 and SM-210 (all manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
 ポリオキシエチレンナフチルエーテルの市販品としては、例えば、ノイゲンENシリーズ(第一工業製薬株式会社製)、パイオニンD-7240(竹本油脂株式会社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available products of polyoxyethylene naphthyl ether include Neugen EN series (manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) and Pionin D-7240 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.).
 本実施形態に係る着色液は、上記以外に、従来公知のノニオン分散剤をさらに含有していてもよい。ノニオン分散剤としては、例えば、コレスタノール又は水添コレスタノール(以下、両者をまとめて「コレスタノール類」ともいう。)のアルキレンオキサイド付加物、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン、グリセリン脂肪酸エステル、オキシエチレンオキシプロピレンブロックポリマー、及びこれらの置換誘導体等が挙げられる。コレスタノール類のアルキレンオキサイド付加物としては、コレスタノール類のC2-C4アルキレンオキサイド付加物が好ましく、エチレンオキサイド付加物がより好ましい。また、コレスタノール類1モルあたりのアルキレンオキサイド(好ましくはC2-C4アルキレンオキサイド、より好ましくはエチレンオキサイド)の付加量は10~50モル程度が好ましく、HLBは13~20程度が好ましい。 In addition to the above, the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment may further contain a conventionally known nonionic dispersant. Examples of the nonionic dispersant include alkylene oxide adducts of cholestanol or hydrogenated cholestanol (hereinafter, both are collectively referred to as “cholestanols”), polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, and the like. Examples thereof include polyoxyethylene fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, polyoxyethylene alkylamine, glycerin fatty acid ester, oxyethyleneoxypropylene block polymer, and substituted derivatives thereof. As the alkylene oxide adduct of cholestanols, the C2-C4 alkylene oxide adduct of cholestanols is preferable, and the ethylene oxide adduct is more preferable. The amount of alkylene oxide (preferably C2-C4 alkylene oxide, more preferably ethylene oxide) added per mol of cholestanols is preferably about 10 to 50 mol, and the HLB is preferably about 13 to 20 mol.
 本実施形態に係る着色液が分散剤を含有する場合、その含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、1~36質量%であることが好ましく、1~30質量%であることがより好ましく、1~20質量%であることがさらに好ましく、1~15質量%であることが特に好ましい。 When the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a dispersant, the content thereof is preferably 1 to 36% by mass, preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. It is more preferably 1 to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 15% by mass.
<界面活性剤>
 本実施形態に係る着色液は、界面活性剤をさらに含有することが好ましい。界面活性剤としては、アニオン、カチオン、両性、ノニオン系、シリコーン系、フッ素系等の公知の界面活性剤が挙げられる。
<Surfactant>
The coloring liquid according to this embodiment preferably further contains a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include known surfactants such as anion, cation, amphoteric, nonionic, silicone-based, and fluorine-based.
 アニオン界面活性剤としては、例えば、アルキルスルホン酸塩、アルキルカルボン酸塩、α-オレフィンスルホン酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル酢酸塩、N-アシルアミノ酸及びその塩、N-アシルメチルタウリン塩、アルキル硫酸塩ポリオキシアルキルエーテル硫酸塩、アルキル硫酸塩ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸塩、ロジン酸石鹸、ヒマシ油硫酸エステル塩、ラウリルアルコール硫酸エステル塩、アルキルフェノール型リン酸エステル、アルキル型リン酸エステル、アルキルアリールスルホン酸塩、ジエチルスルホ琥珀酸塩、ジエチルヘキシルスルホ琥珀酸塩、ジオクチルスルホ琥珀酸塩等が挙げられる。市販品としては、例えば、いずれも第一工業製薬株式会社製のハイテノールLA-10、LA-12、LA-16、ネオハイテノールECL-30S、ECL-45等が挙げられる。 Examples of the anionic surfactant include an alkyl sulfonate, an alkyl carboxylate, an α-olefin sulfonate, a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether acetate, an N-acyl amino acid and a salt thereof, an N-acylmethyl taurine salt, and an alkyl. Sulfonate Polyoxyalkyl Ether Sulfate, Alkyl Sulfate Polyoxyethylene Alkyl Ether Phosphate, Loginic Acid Soap, Himasi Oil Sulfonate, Lauryl Alcohol Sulfonate, Alkylphenol Phosphate, Alkyl Phosphate, Alkyl Examples thereof include aryl sulfonates, diethyl sulfo sulphates, diethyl hexyl sulfo sulphates, dioctyl sulfo sulphates and the like. Examples of commercially available products include High Tenor LA-10, LA-12, LA-16, Neo High Tenor ECL-30S, and ECL-45 manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
 カチオン界面活性剤としては、例えば、2-ビニルピリジン誘導体、ポリ4-ビニルピリジン誘導体等が挙げられる。 Examples of the cationic surfactant include 2-vinylpyridine derivatives, poly4-vinylpyridine derivatives and the like.
 両性界面活性剤としては、例えば、ラウリルジメチルアミノ酢酸ベタイン、2-アルキル-N-カルボキシメチル-N-ヒドロキシエチルイミダゾリニウムベタイン、ヤシ油脂肪酸アミドプロピルジメチルアミノ酢酸ベタイン、ポリオクチルポリアミノエチルグリシン、イミダゾリン誘導体等が挙げられる。 Examples of the amphoteric surfactant include lauryldimethylaminoacetic acid betaine, 2-alkyl-N-carboxymethyl-N-hydroxyethylimidazolinium betaine, coconut oil fatty acid amide propyldimethylaminoacetic acid betaine, polyoctylpolyaminoethylglycine, and imidazoline. Examples include derivatives.
 ノニオン界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンドデシルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル等のエーテル系;ポリオキシエチレンオレイン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンジステアリン酸エステル、ソルビタンラウレート、ソルビタンモノステアレート、ソルビタンモノオレエート、ソルビタンセスキオレエート、ポリオキシエチレンモノオレエート、ポリオキシエチレンステアレート等のエステル系;2,4,7,9-テトラメチル-5-デシン-4,7-ジオール、3,6-ジメチル-4-オクチン-3,6-ジオール、3,5-ジメチル-1-ヘキシン-3-オール等のアセチレングリコール(アルコール)系;エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製のサーフィノール 104、105、82、465、オルフィンSTG等;ポリグリコールエーテル系(例えば、SIGMA-ALDRICH社製のTergitol 15-S-7等);などが挙げられる。上記の中でも、サーフィノール 104、105等の非エチレンオキシド変性アセチレン系ノニオン界面活性剤、サーフィノール 465等のエチレンオキシド変性アセチレン系ノニオン界面活性剤であることが好ましく、サーフィノール 465等のエチレンオキシド変性アセチレン系ノニオン界面活性剤であることがより好ましく、サーフィノール 465であることがさらに好ましい。 Examples of the nonionic surfactant include ethers such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene dodecylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, and polyoxyethylene alkyl ether. System: Esters such as polyoxyethylene oleic acid ester, polyoxyethylene distearate, sorbitan laurate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan sesquioleate, polyoxyethylene monooleate, polyoxyethylene stearate, etc. System; 2,4,7,9-tetramethyl-5-decine-4,7-diol, 3,6-dimethyl-4-octin-3,6-diol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexin-3 -Acetylene glycol (alcohol) type such as oar; Surfinol 104, 105, 82, 465 manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., Orfin STG, etc .; Polyglycol ether type (for example, Tergitol 15-S manufactured by SIGMA-ALDRICH) 7 etc.); etc. Among the above, non-ethylene oxide-modified acetylene-based nonionic surfactants such as Surfinol 104 and 105 and ethylene oxide-modified acetylene-based nonionic surfactants such as Surfinol 465 are preferable, and ethylene oxide-modified acetylene-based nonionic compounds such as Surfinol 465 are preferable. It is more preferably a surfactant, and even more preferably Surfinol 465.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリエーテル変性シロキサン、ポリエーテル変性ポリジメチルシロキサン等が挙げられる。市販品としては、例えば、いずれもビックケミー社製の、BYK-347(ポリエーテル変性シロキサン);BYK-345、BYK-348(ポリエーテル変性ポリジメチルシロキサン)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include polyether-modified siloxane, polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxane, and the like. Examples of commercially available products include BYK-347 (polyether-modified siloxane); BYK-345, BYK-348 (polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxane), all manufactured by Big Chemie.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸化合物、パーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸系化合物、パーフルオロアルキルリン酸エステル化合物、パーフルオロアルキルエチレンオキサイド付加物、パーフルオロアルキルエーテル基を側鎖に有するポリオキシアルキレンエーテルポリマー化合物等が挙げられる。市販品としては、例えば、Zonyl TBS、FSP、FSA、FSN-100、FSN、FSO-100、FSO、FS-300、Capstone FS-30、FS-31(以上、DuPont社製);PF-151N、PF-154N(以上、オムノバ社製);等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid compound, a perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid compound, a perfluoroalkyl phosphate ester compound, a perfluoroalkyl ethylene oxide adduct, and a perfluoroalkyl ether group as side chains. Examples thereof include polyoxyalkylene ether polymer compounds having. Examples of commercially available products include Zonyl TBS, FSP, FSA, FSN-100, FSN, FSO-100, FSO, FS-300, Capstone FS-30, FS-31 (all manufactured by DuPont); PF-151N, PF-154N (all manufactured by Omniova Co., Ltd.); and the like.
 本実施形態に係る着色液が界面活性剤を含有する場合、その含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、0.01~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.03~5質量%であることがより好ましい。 When the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a surfactant, the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.03, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. More preferably, it is ~ 5% by mass.
<水>
 本実施形態に係る着色液は、水をさらに含有することが好ましい。水としては、イオン交換水、蒸留水等の不純物が少ないものが好ましい。
<Water>
The coloring liquid according to this embodiment preferably further contains water. As the water, water having few impurities such as ion-exchanged water and distilled water is preferable.
 本実施形態に係る着色液が水を含有する場合、その含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、0.1~90質量%であることが好ましく、10~80質量%であることがより好ましい。 When the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains water, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 90% by mass, preferably 10 to 80% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. Is more preferable.
<添加剤>
 本実施形態に係る着色液は、上記以外の添加剤を含有していてもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、水溶性有機溶剤、防腐剤、pH調整剤、キレート試薬、防錆剤、水溶性紫外線吸収剤、水溶性高分子化合物、粘度調整剤、色素溶解剤、酸化防止剤、樹脂エマルション等が挙げられる。本実施形態に係る着色液は、これらの中でも、水溶性有機溶剤、防腐剤、及びpH調整剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。
<Additives>
The coloring liquid according to this embodiment may contain additives other than the above. Additives include, for example, water-soluble organic solvents, preservatives, pH regulators, chelating reagents, rust inhibitors, water-soluble UV absorbers, water-soluble polymer compounds, viscosity regulators, dye solubilizers, antioxidants, etc. Examples include resin emulsions. The coloring liquid according to the present embodiment preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a water-soluble organic solvent, a preservative, and a pH adjuster.
 水溶性有機溶剤としては、例えば、グリコール系溶剤、多価アルコール類、ピロリドン類等が挙げられる。グリコール系溶剤としては、例えば、グリセリン、ポリグリセリン(#310、#750、#800)、ジグリセリン、トリグリセリン、テトラグリセリン、ペンタグリセリン、ヘキサグリセリン、ヘプタグリセリン、オクタグリセリン、ノナグリセリン、デカグリセリン、ウンデカグリセリン、ドデカグリセリン、トリデカグリセリン、テトラデカグリセリン等が挙げられる。多価アルコール類としては、例えば、アルコール性水酸基を2~3個有するC2-C6多価アルコール;ジ又はトリC2-C3アルキレングリコール;繰り返し単位が4以上で、分子量20000程度以下のポリC2-C3アルキレングリコール、好ましくは液状のポリアルキレングリコール等が挙げられる。それらの具体例としては、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、チオジグリコール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール、3-メチル-1,3-ブタンジオール、1,2-ペンタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,2-ヘキサンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、グリセリン、トリメチロールプロパン、1,3-ペンタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール等が挙げられる。ピロリドン類としては、例えば、2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等が挙げられる。また、水に溶解して湿潤剤としての役割をする化合物も、便宜上、水溶性有機溶剤に含めるものとする。そのような化合物としては、例えば、尿素、エチレン尿素、糖類等が挙げられる。 Examples of the water-soluble organic solvent include glycol-based solvents, polyhydric alcohols, pyrrolidones and the like. Examples of the glycol-based solvent include glycerin, polyglycerin (# 310, # 750, # 800), diglycerin, triglycerin, tetraglycerin, pentaglycerin, hexaglycerin, heptaglycerin, octaglycerin, nonaglycerin, decaglycerin, and the like. Examples thereof include undecaglycerin, dodecaglycerin, tridecaglycerin, and tetradecaglycerin. Examples of polyhydric alcohols include C2-C6 polyhydric alcohol having 2 to 3 alcoholic hydroxyl groups; di or tri-C2-C3 alkylene glycol; poly-C2-C3 having 4 or more repeating units and a molecular weight of about 20000 or less. Examples thereof include alkylene glycol, preferably liquid polyalkylene glycol and the like. Specific examples thereof include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, thiodiglycol, and 1,3-butanediol. 1,4-Butanediol, 2,3-Butanediol, 3-Methyl-1,3-Butanediol, 1,2-Pentanediol, 1,5-Pentanediol, 2-Methyl-2,4-Pentanediol, Examples thereof include 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, 1,3-pentanediol, and 1,5-pentanediol. Examples of pyrrolidones include 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like. In addition, a compound that dissolves in water and acts as a wetting agent is also included in the water-soluble organic solvent for convenience. Examples of such a compound include urea, ethylene urea, saccharides and the like.
 本実施形態に係る着色分散液の保存安定性を考慮すると、水溶性有機溶剤としては、着色剤の溶解度が小さい溶剤が好ましく、特に、グリセリンとグリセリン以外の溶剤(好ましくはグリセリン以外の多価アルコール)とを併用するのが好ましい。 Considering the storage stability of the colored dispersion according to the present embodiment, the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably a solvent having a low solubility of the colorant, and in particular, a solvent other than glycerin and glycerin (preferably a polyhydric alcohol other than glycerin). ) And is preferable.
 本実施形態に係る着色液が水溶性有機溶剤を含有する場合、その含有率は、本実施形態に係る着色液の総量に対して、5~50質量%であることが好ましく、10~40質量%であることがより好ましい。 When the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains a water-soluble organic solvent, the content thereof is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 40% by mass, based on the total amount of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment. % Is more preferable.
 防腐剤としては、例えば、有機硫黄系、有機窒素硫黄系、有機ハロゲン系、ハロアリルスルホン系、ヨードプロパギル系、N-ハロアルキルチオ系、ニトリル系、ピリジン系、8-オキシキノリン系、ベンゾチアゾール系、イソチアゾリン系、ジチオール系、ピリジンオキシド系、ニトロプロパン系、有機スズ系、フェノール系、第4アンモニウム塩系、トリアジン系、チアジン系、アニリド系、アダマンタン系、ジチオカーバメイト系、ブロム化インダノン系、ベンジルブロムアセテート系、無機塩系等の化合物が挙げられる。有機ハロゲン系化合物の具体例としては、ペンタクロロフェノールナトリウム等が挙げられる。ピリジンオキシド系化合物の具体例としては、2-ピリジンチオール-1-オキサイドナトリウム等が挙げられる。イソチアゾリン系化合物の具体例としては、1,2-ベンズイソチアゾリン-3-オン、2-n-オクチル-4-イソチアゾリン-3-オン、5-クロロ-2-メチル-4-イソチアゾリン-3-オン、5-クロロ-2-メチル-4-イソチアゾリン-3-オンマグネシウムクロライド、5-クロロ-2-メチル-4-イソチアゾリン-3-オンカルシウムクロライド、2-メチル-4-イソチアゾリン-3-オンカルシウムクロライド等が挙げられる。その他の防腐防黴剤の具体例として、無水酢酸ナトリウム、ソルビン酸ナトリウム、安息香酸ナトリウム、ロンザ社製の商品名プロキセルGXL(S)、プロキセルXL-2(S)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the preservative include organic sulfur-based, organic nitrogen-sulfur-based, organic halogen-based, haloallyl sulfone-based, iodopropagil-based, N-haloalkylthio-based, nitrile-based, pyridine-based, 8-oxyquinolin-based, and benzothiazole. System, Isothiazolin system, Dithiol system, Pyridine oxide system, Nitropropane system, Organic tin system, Phenol system, Tetraammonium salt system, Triazine system, Thiadine system, Anilide system, Adamantine system, Dithiocarbamate system, Brominated indanone system, Examples thereof include benzyl bromacetate-based compounds and inorganic salt-based compounds. Specific examples of the organic halogen-based compound include sodium pentachlorophenol and the like. Specific examples of the pyridine oxide-based compound include 2-pyridinethiol-1-oxide sodium. Specific examples of the isothiazolinone compound include 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, 2-n-octyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, and the like. 5-Chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-onemagnesium chloride, 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-oncalcium chloride, 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-onecalcium chloride, etc. Can be mentioned. Specific examples of other antiseptic and antifungal agents include anhydrous sodium acetate, sodium sorbate, sodium benzoate, trade names Proxel GXL (S) and Proxel XL-2 (S) manufactured by Ronza.
 pH調整剤としては、調製される着色液に悪影響を及ぼさずに、着色液のpHをおおよそ5~11の範囲に制御できるものであれば任意の物質を使用することができる。その具体例としては、例えば、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、N-メチルジエタノールアミン等のアルカノールアミン;水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等のアルカリ金属の水酸化物;水酸化アンモニウム(アンモニア水);炭酸リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等のアルカリ金属の炭酸塩;酢酸カリウム等の有機酸のアルカリ金属塩;ケイ酸ナトリウム、リン酸二ナトリウム等の無機塩基;などが挙げられ、トリエタノールアミンが好ましい。 As the pH adjuster, any substance can be used as long as the pH of the coloring liquid can be controlled in the range of approximately 5 to 11 without adversely affecting the prepared coloring liquid. Specific examples thereof include alkanolamines such as diethanolamine, triethanolamine and N-methyldiethanolamine; alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; ammonium hydroxide (ammonia water). Alkali metal carbonates such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate and potassium carbonate; alkali metal salts of organic acids such as potassium acetate; inorganic bases such as sodium silicate and disodium phosphate; etc. Triethanolamine is preferred.
 キレート試薬としては、例えば、エチレンジアミン四酢酸ナトリウム、ニトリロ三酢酸ナトリウム、ヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン三酢酸ナトリウム、ジエチレントリアミン五酢酸ナトリウム、ウラシル二酢酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。 Examples of the chelating reagent include sodium ethylenediamine tetraacetate, sodium nitrilotriacetate, sodium hydroxyethylethylenediamine triacetate, sodium diethylenetriamine pentaacetate, sodium uracil diacetate and the like.
 防錆剤としては、例えば、酸性亜硫酸塩、チオ硫酸ナトリウム、チオグルコール酸アンモニウム、ジイソプロピルアンモニウムナイトライト、四硝酸ペンタエリスリトール、ジシクロヘキシルアンモニウムナイトライト等が挙げられる。 Examples of the rust preventive include acidic sulfite, sodium thiosulfate, ammonium thioglucolate, diisopropylammonium nitrate, pentaerythritol tetranitrate, dicyclohexylammonium nitrate and the like.
 水溶性紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、スルホン化したベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾ-ル系化合物、サリチル酸系化合物、桂皮酸系化合物、トリアジン系化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the water-soluble ultraviolet absorber include sulfonated benzophenone-based compounds, benzotriazol-based compounds, salicylic acid-based compounds, cinnamic acid-based compounds, and triazine-based compounds.
 水溶性高分子化合物としては、ポリビニルアルコール、セルロース誘導体、ポリアミン、ポリイミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the water-soluble polymer compound include polyvinyl alcohol, cellulose derivatives, polyamines, polyimines and the like.
 粘度調整剤としては、水溶性有機溶剤の他に水溶性高分子化合物が挙げられ、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、セルロース誘導体、ポリアミン、ポリイミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the viscosity modifier include water-soluble polymer compounds in addition to water-soluble organic solvents, and examples thereof include polyvinyl alcohol, cellulose derivatives, polyamines, and polyimines.
 色素溶解剤としては、例えば、尿素、ε-カプロラクタム、エチレンカーボネート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the dye-dissolving agent include urea, ε-caprolactam, ethylene carbonate and the like.
 酸化防止剤としては、各種の有機系及び金属錯体系の褪色防止剤を使用することができる。有機系の褪色防止剤としては、ハイドロキノン類、アルコキシフェノール類、ジアルコキシフェノール類、フェノール類、アニリン類、アミン類、インダン類、クロマン類、アルコキシアニリン類、複素環類等が挙げられる。金属錯体系の褪色防止剤としては、ニッケル錯体、亜鉛錯体等が挙げられる。 As the antioxidant, various organic and metal complex-based anti-fading agents can be used. Examples of the organic anti-fading agent include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indans, chromans, alkoxyanilines, heterocycles and the like. Examples of the metal complex-based anti-fading agent include nickel complexes and zinc complexes.
 樹脂エマルションとしては、例えば、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、フェノール樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリビニル樹脂(塩化ビニル、酢酸ビニル、ポリビニルアルコール等)、アルキド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、アミノ材料(メラニン樹脂、ユリア樹脂、尿素樹脂、メラニンホルムアルデヒド樹脂等)等から形成されたエマルションを挙げることができる。樹脂エマルションは、2種以上の樹脂を含んでいてもよい。また、2種以上の樹脂がコア/シェル構造を形成していてもよい。樹脂エマルションの中でも、ウレタン樹脂エマルションが好ましい。 Examples of the resin emulsion include acrylic resin, epoxy resin, urethane resin, polyether resin, polyamide resin, unsaturated polyester resin, phenol resin, silicone resin, fluororesin, and polyvinyl resin (vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol, etc.). , Alkido resin, polyester resin, amino material (melanin resin, urea resin, urea resin, melanin formaldehyde resin, etc.) and the like. The resin emulsion may contain two or more kinds of resins. Further, two or more kinds of resins may form a core / shell structure. Among the resin emulsions, urethane resin emulsions are preferable.
 ウレタン樹脂エマルションは、市販品として入手することができ、その多くは固形分濃度30~60質量%の乳化液である。ウレタン樹脂エマルションの市販品としては、例えば、パーマリンUA-150、200、310、368、3945、ユーコートUX-320(以上、三洋化成株式会社製);ハイドランWLS-201、210、HW-312Bのラテックス(以上、DIC株式会社製);スーパーフレックス150、170、470(以上、第一工業製薬株式会社製);等が挙げられる。これらのうち、ポリカーボネート系ウレタン樹脂としては、例えば、パーマリンUA-310、3945;ユーコートUX-320;等が挙げられる。また、ポリエーテル系ウレタン樹脂としては、例えば、パーマリンUA-150、200;ユーコートUX-340;等が挙げられる。 Urethane resin emulsions can be obtained as commercial products, and most of them are emulsions having a solid content concentration of 30 to 60% by mass. Commercially available urethane resin emulsions include, for example, Permarin UA-150, 200, 310, 368, 3945, U-Coat UX-320 (all manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.); Hydran WLS-201, 210, HW-312B Latex. (The above is manufactured by DIC Corporation); Superflex 150, 170, 470 (above, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.); and the like. Among these, examples of the polycarbonate-based urethane resin include Permarin UA-310, 3945; U-coat UX-320; and the like. Examples of the polyether urethane resin include permarin UA-150 and 200; U-coat UX-340; and the like.
 ウレタン樹脂エマルション中のウレタン樹脂は、SP値が8~24(cal/cm1/2であることが好ましく、8~17(cal/cm1/2であることがより好ましく、8~11(cal/cm1/2であることがさらに好ましい。なお、ウレタン樹脂のSP値は、Fedors法によって計算される。ウレタン樹脂が酸性基を有し、この酸性基を中和してエマルションを調製している場合には、中和前のウレタン樹脂のSP値を用いる。 The urethane resin in the urethane resin emulsion preferably has an SP value of 8 to 24 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 , more preferably 8 to 17 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 , and 8 It is more preferably ~ 11 (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 . The SP value of the urethane resin is calculated by the Fedors method. When the urethane resin has an acidic group and the acidic group is neutralized to prepare an emulsion, the SP value of the urethane resin before neutralization is used.
 ウレタン樹脂エマルション中のウレタン樹脂がカルボキシ基、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基等の酸性基を有する場合、酸性基がアルカリ塩化されていてもよい。例えば、酸性基を有するウレタン樹脂を水に投入して撹拌して水溶液を調製し、そこへアルカリ性化合物を投入してpHを6.0~12.0に調整することにより、酸性基をアルカリ塩化することができる。アルカリ性化合物としては、例えば、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等のアルカリ金属の水酸化物;水酸化ベリリウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カルシウム、水酸化ストロンチウム等のアルカリ土類金属の水酸化物;などが挙げられる。 When the urethane resin in the urethane resin emulsion has an acidic group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a hydroxy group, the acidic group may be alkaline chloride. For example, a urethane resin having an acidic group is added to water and stirred to prepare an aqueous solution, and an alkaline compound is added thereto to adjust the pH to 6.0 to 12.0 to make the acidic group alkaline chloride. can do. Examples of the alkaline compound include hydroxides of alkali metals such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; and water of alkaline earth metals such as beryllium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide and strontium hydroxide. Oxides; etc.
<着色液の調製方法等>
 本実施形態に係る着色液の調製方法としては、例えば、サンドミル(ビーズミル)、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、超音波分散機、高圧乳化機等を用いて、着色液を構成する各成分を撹拌混合する等の公知の方法が挙げられる。各成分を添加する順序は特に制限されない。例えば、サンドミルを用いる場合、まず、各成分及び分散媒体としてのビーズをサンドミルに仕込む。ビーズとしては、粒子径0.01~1mmのガラスビーズ、ジルコニアビーズ等を用いることができる。ビーズの使用量は、分散対象1質量部に対して2~6質量部が好ましい。次いで、サンドミルを作動させ分散処理を行う。分散処理条件は、概ね1000~2000rpmで1~20時間が好ましい。そして、分散処理後にビーズを濾過等により除去することで、着色液が得られる。
<Preparation method of coloring liquid, etc.>
As a method for preparing the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment, for example, a sand mill (bead mill), a roll mill, a ball mill, a paint shaker, an ultrasonic disperser, a high-pressure emulsifier, or the like is used to stir and mix each component constituting the coloring liquid. Known methods such as The order in which each component is added is not particularly limited. For example, when using a sand mill, first, each component and beads as a dispersion medium are charged into the sand mill. As the beads, glass beads having a particle diameter of 0.01 to 1 mm, zirconia beads and the like can be used. The amount of beads used is preferably 2 to 6 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of the dispersion target. Next, the sand mill is operated to perform the distributed processing. The dispersion treatment conditions are preferably about 1000 to 2000 rpm for 1 to 20 hours. Then, the colored liquid is obtained by removing the beads by filtration or the like after the dispersion treatment.
 なお、本実施形態に係る着色液が2種以上の水不溶性着色剤を含有する場合、2種以上の水不溶性着色剤を他の成分とともに混合して着色液を調製してもよい。あるいは、各水不溶性着色剤をそれぞれ分散させて水性分散液を調製し、得られた2種以上の水性分散液を他の成分とともに混合して着色液を調製してもよい。 When the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment contains two or more kinds of water-insoluble coloring agents, the coloring liquid may be prepared by mixing two or more kinds of water-insoluble coloring agents together with other components. Alternatively, each water-insoluble colorant may be dispersed to prepare an aqueous dispersion, and the obtained two or more aqueous dispersions may be mixed with other components to prepare a coloring liquid.
 調製した着色液は、メンブランフィルター等を用いて精密濾過を行ってもよい。特に、着色液をインクジェット捺染用インクとして使用するときは、ノズルの目詰まり等を防止する目的で、精密濾過を行うことが好ましい。精密濾過に使用するフィルターの孔径は、通常0.1~1μmであり、好ましくは0.1~0.8μmである。 The prepared coloring liquid may be microfiltered using a membrane filter or the like. In particular, when the coloring liquid is used as an ink for inkjet printing, it is preferable to perform microfiltration for the purpose of preventing nozzle clogging and the like. The pore size of the filter used for microfiltration is usually 0.1 to 1 μm, preferably 0.1 to 0.8 μm.
 本実施形態に係る着色液の25℃における粘度は、高速での吐出応答性の点から、E型粘度計にて測定したときに、3~20mPa・s程度であることが好ましい。また、本実施形態に係る着色液の25℃における表面張力は、プレート法にて測定したときに、20~45mN/m程度であることが好ましい。実際には、使用するインクジェットプリンタの吐出量、応答速度、インク液滴飛行特性等を考慮して、適正な物性値になるよう調整される。 The viscosity of the coloring liquid according to this embodiment at 25 ° C. is preferably about 3 to 20 mPa · s as measured by an E-type viscometer from the viewpoint of high-speed discharge response. Further, the surface tension of the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment at 25 ° C. is preferably about 20 to 45 mN / m when measured by the plate method. Actually, it is adjusted so as to have an appropriate physical property value in consideration of the ejection amount, the response speed, the ink droplet flight characteristics, etc. of the inkjet printer to be used.
 本実施形態に係る着色液は、各種分野において使用することができ、筆記用水性インク、水性印刷インク、情報記録インク、捺染等に好適である。本実施形態に係る着色液は、インクジェット捺染用インクとして用いることが特に好ましい。 The coloring liquid according to this embodiment can be used in various fields and is suitable for water-based writing ink, water-based printing ink, information recording ink, printing and the like. It is particularly preferable to use the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment as an ink for inkjet printing.
 なお、本実施形態に係る着色液は、長期間保存後の固体析出、物性変化、色変化等もなく、保存安定性に優れる。また、本実施形態に係る着色液は、インクジェットヘッドへの初期充填性が良好であり、連続印刷安定性、間欠吐出性も良好である。また、本実施形態に係る着色液を用いて印刷された印刷物は、耐光性、発色性、鮮明性にも優れるため、良好な画像及び捺染物が得られる。 The coloring liquid according to the present embodiment has excellent storage stability without solid precipitation, physical characteristic change, color change, etc. after long-term storage. Further, the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment has good initial filling property to the inkjet head, and also has good continuous printing stability and intermittent ejection property. In addition, the printed matter printed using the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment is excellent in light resistance, color development, and sharpness, so that a good image and a printed matter can be obtained.
≪インクセット≫
 本実施形態に係るインクセットは、上述した水不溶性着色剤Aを含有するインクAを含み、かつ、下記(e)~(g):
(e)インクAがフィトステロール化合物を含有し、かつ、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54及びフィトステロール化合物を含有するインクBを含む;
(f)上述した水不溶性着色剤Bを含有するインクCを含む;
(g)560nm以上660nm未満の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Gを含有するインクD(但し、C.I.ディスパースバイオレット 27又はC.I.ディスパースバイオレット 28を含有するものを除く)を含む;
の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす。
≪Ink set≫
The ink set according to the present embodiment contains the ink A containing the water-insoluble colorant A described above, and the following (e) to (g):
(E) Ink A contains a phytosterol compound, and C.I. I. Includes Ink B containing Disperse Yellow 54 and phytosterol compounds;
(F) Ink C containing the water-insoluble colorant B described above;
(G) Ink D containing a water-insoluble colorant G having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and less than 660 nm (provided that CI Disperse Violet 27 or CI Disperse Violet 28 is contained. Includes);
At least one of the conditions is satisfied.
 以下では、まず、インクAについて説明し、次いで、条件(e)~(g)について説明し、次いで、その他の事項について説明する。 In the following, ink A will be described first, then conditions (e) to (g) will be described, and then other matters will be described.
<インクA>
 インクAは、上述した水不溶性着色剤Aを含有する。水不溶性着色剤Aの含有率は、インクAの総量に対して、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~25質量%であることがより好ましい。
<Ink A>
The ink A contains the above-mentioned water-insoluble colorant A. The content of the water-insoluble colorant A is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink A.
 インクAは、上述した本実施形態に係る着色液と同様に、フィトステロール化合物、分散剤、界面活性剤、水、その他の添加剤をさらに含有していてもよい。 Ink A may further contain a phytosterol compound, a dispersant, a surfactant, water, and other additives, similarly to the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment described above.
<条件(e)>
 上記条件(e)は、インクAがフィトステロール化合物を含有し、かつ、本実施形態に係るインクセットが、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54及びフィトステロール化合物を含有するインクBを含むというものである。本実施形態に係るインクセットがインクA及びBを含むことにより、例えば、彩度が高く、均染性に優れる高品位なグリーン色の捺染物を得ることができる。
<Condition (e)>
In the above condition (e), the ink A contains the phytosterol compound, and the ink set according to the present embodiment is C.I. I. It contains ink B containing Disperse Yellow 54 and a phytosterol compound. By including the inks A and B in the ink set according to the present embodiment, for example, a high-quality green-colored printed matter having high saturation and excellent leveling property can be obtained.
 インクA及びBが含有するフィトステロール化合物は、上述した本実施形態に係る着色液が含有していてもよいフィトステロール化合物と同様であるため、詳細な説明を省略する。 Since the phytosterol compound contained in the inks A and B is the same as the phytosterol compound which may be contained in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 インクB中のC.I.ディスパースイエロー 54の含有率は、インクBの総量に対して、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~25質量%であることがより好ましい。 C. in ink B. I. The content of Disperse Yellow 54 is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of ink B.
 インクA及びBは、上述した本実施形態に係る着色液と同様に、分散剤、界面活性剤、水、その他の添加剤をさらに含有していてもよい。特に、インクA及びBは、芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩、及び水を含有することが好ましい。 The inks A and B may further contain a dispersant, a surfactant, water, and other additives, as in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment described above. In particular, the inks A and B preferably contain a formalin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof, and water.
<条件(f)>
 上記条件(f)は、本実施形態に係るインクセットが、上述した水不溶性着色剤Bを含有するインクCを含むというものである。本実施形態に係るインクセットがインクA及びCを含むことにより、例えば、彩度が高く、均染性に優れる高品位なグリーン色の捺染物を得ることができる。
<Condition (f)>
The above condition (f) is that the ink set according to the present embodiment contains the ink C containing the water-insoluble colorant B described above. By including the inks A and C in the ink set according to the present embodiment, for example, a high-quality green-colored printed matter having high saturation and excellent leveling property can be obtained.
 インクC中の水不溶性着色剤Bの含有率は、インクCの総量に対して、0.5~25質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~40質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the water-insoluble colorant B in the ink C is preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink C.
 インクA及びCは、上述した本実施形態に係る着色液と同様に、フィトステロール化合物、分散剤、界面活性剤、水、その他の添加剤をさらに含有していてもよい。 The inks A and C may further contain a phytosterol compound, a dispersant, a surfactant, water, and other additives, as in the coloring liquid according to the present embodiment described above.
<条件(g)>
 上記条件(g)は、本実施形態に係るインクセットが、560nm以上660nm未満の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Gを含有するインクD(但し、C.I.ディスパースバイオレット 27又はC.I.ディスパースバイオレット 28を含有するものを除く)を含むというものである。本実施形態に係るインクセットがインクA及びDを含むことにより、例えば、シアン~ブルーの色相の表現域が広い、高品位な捺染物を得ることができる。
<Condition (g)>
The above condition (g) is that the ink set according to the present embodiment contains an ink D containing a water-insoluble colorant G having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and less than 660 nm (however, CI Disperse Violet 27). Or, excluding those containing CI Disperse Violet 28). By including the inks A and D in the ink set according to the present embodiment, for example, a high-quality printed matter having a wide range of expression of cyan to blue hue can be obtained.
 水不溶性着色剤Gとしては特に限定されないが、アンスラキノン構造を有するものが好ましく、分子量が250~340の範囲内であるものがより好ましい。 The water-insoluble colorant G is not particularly limited, but one having an anthraquinone structure is preferable, and one having a molecular weight in the range of 250 to 340 is more preferable.
 水不溶性着色剤Gの具体例としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースブルー 19、26、27、54、55、56、64、72、73、81、77、128、148、149、153、158、165、165:1、165:2、183、197、224、225、257、268、287、337、345、359、360;C.I.ソルベントブルー 35、36、78、111、112;C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、C.I.ディスパースブルー 359、下記式(G1)で表される化合物が好ましい。なお、下記式(G1)で表される化合物は、C.I.ディスパースブルー 72、C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13等とも称される。 Specific examples of the water-insoluble colorant G include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Blue 19, 26, 27, 54, 55, 56, 64, 72, 73, 81, 77, 128, 148, 149, 153, 158, 165, 165: 1, 165: 2, 183, 197, 224 , 225, 257, 268, 287, 337, 345, 359, 360; C.I. I. Solvent Blue 35, 36, 78, 111, 112; C.I. I. Solvent Violet 13; etc. may be mentioned. Among these, C.I. I. Disperse blue 359, a compound represented by the following formula (G1) is preferable. The compound represented by the following formula (G1) is C.I. I. Disperse Blue 72, C.I. I. Also called Solvent Violet 13 etc.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 また、水不溶性着色剤Gとしては、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-70~-40の範囲内であり、aが-20~40の範囲内であるものが好ましい。 As the water-insoluble colorant G, b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of −70 to −40 and a * is in the range of −20 to 40 when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. The one inside is preferable.
 インクD中の水不溶性着色剤Gの含有率は、インクDの総量に対して、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~25質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the water-insoluble colorant G in the ink D is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total amount of the ink D.
<その他のインク>
 本実施形態に係るインクセットは、上記以外の他のインクをさらに含んでいてもよい。他のインクとしては、例えば、イエローインク、マゼンタインク、シアンインク、ブラックインク、オレンジインク、バイオレットインク、グリーンインク、ターコイズインク、ブルーインク等が挙げられる。また、インク中の着色剤の総濃度を変化させたライトイエローインク、ライトマゼンタインク、ライトシアンインク、ライトブラックインク等も挙げられる。
<Other inks>
The ink set according to the present embodiment may further contain inks other than the above. Examples of other inks include yellow ink, magenta ink, cyan ink, black ink, orange ink, violet ink, green ink, turquoise ink, blue ink and the like. Further, light yellow ink, light magenta ink, light cyan ink, light black ink and the like in which the total concentration of the colorant in the ink is changed can also be mentioned.
 他のインクに含有される着色剤としては、分散染料、油溶性染料等の水不溶性着色剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the colorant contained in other inks include water-insoluble colorants such as disperse dyes and oil-soluble dyes.
 分散染料の具体例としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 3、4、5、7、9、13、24、30、33、34、42、44、49、50、51、54、56、58、60、63、64、66、68、71、74、76、79、82、83、85、86、88、90、91、93、98、99、100、104、114、116、118、119、122、124、126、135、140、141、149、160、162、163、164、165、179、180、182、183、184、186、192、198、199、201、202、204、210、211、215、216、218、224、231、232、241等;C.I.ディスパースオレンジ 1、3、5、7、11、13、17、20、21、25、26、29、30、31、32、33、37、38、42、43、44、45、47、48、50、53、54、55、56、57、58、59、61、66、76、78、80、89、90、91、93、96、97、119、127、130、139、142等;C.I.ディスパースレッド 1、4、5、7、11、12、13、15、17、27、43、44、50、52、53、54、55、56、58、59、60、65、72、73、74、75、76、78、81、82、86、88、90、91、93、96、103、105、106、107、108、110、111、113、117、118、121、122、126、127、128、131、132、134、135、137、143、145、146、151、152、153、154、157、159、164、167、169、177、179、181、183、184、184:1、185、188、189、190、191、192、200、201、202、203、205、206、207、210、221、224、225、227、229、239、240、257、258、277、278、279、281、288、289、298、302、303、310、311、312、320、324、328、343、362、364等;C.I.ディスパースバイオレット 1、4、8、17、23、26、27、28、31、33、35、36、38、40、43、46、48、50、51、52、56、57、59、61、63、69、77等;C.I.ディスパースグリーン 6:1、9等;C.I.ディスパースブラウン 1、2、4、9、13、19、26、27等;C.I.ディスパースブルー 3、7、9、14、16、19、20、26、27、35、43、44、54、55、56、58、60、62、64、71、72、73、75、79、81、82、83、87、91、93、94、95、96、102、106、108、112、113、115、118、120、122、125、128、130、139、141、142、143、146、148、149、153、154、158、165、167、171、173、174、176、181、183、185、186、187、189、197、198、200、201、205、207、211、214、224、225、257、259、267、268、270、284、285、287、288、291、293、295、297、301、315、330、332、333、334、343、359、360等;C.I.ディスパースブラック 1、3、10、24等;などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the disperse dye include, for example, C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 13, 24, 30, 33, 34, 42, 44, 49, 50, 51, 54, 56, 58, 60, 63, 64, 66, 68, 71 , 74, 76, 79, 82, 83, 85, 86, 88, 90, 91, 93, 98, 99, 100, 104, 114, 116, 118, 119, 122, 124, 126, 135, 140, 141. 149, 160, 162, 163, 164, 165, 179, 180, 182, 183, 184, 186, 192, 198, 199, 201, 202, 204, 210, 211, 215, 216, 218, 224, 231 232, 241 etc .; C.I. I. Disperse Orange 1, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 20, 21, 25, 26, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 37, 38, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48 , 50, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 61, 66, 76, 78, 80, 89, 90, 91, 93, 96, 97, 119, 127, 130, 139, 142, etc.; C. I. Disperse red 1, 4, 5, 7, 11, 12, 13, 15, 17, 27, 43, 44, 50, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 58, 59, 60, 65, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 81, 82, 86, 88, 90, 91, 93, 96, 103, 105, 106, 107, 108, 110, 111, 113, 117, 118, 121, 122, 126, 127, 128, 131, 132, 134, 135, 137, 143, 145, 146, 151, 152, 153, 154, 157, 159, 164, 167, 169, 177, 179, 181, 183, 184, 184: 1,185,188,189,190,191,192,200,201,202,203,205,206,207,210,221,224,225,227,229,239,240,257,258,277, 278, 279, 281, 288, 289, 298, 302, 303, 310, 311, 312, 320, 324, 328, 343, 362, 364, etc .; C.I. I. Disperse Violet 1, 4, 8, 17, 23, 26, 27, 28, 31, 33, 35, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 48, 50, 51, 52, 56, 57, 59, 61 , 63, 69, 77, etc .; C.I. I. Disperse green 6: 1, 9 etc .; C.I. I. Disperse brown 1, 2, 4, 9, 13, 19, 26, 27, etc .; C.I. I. Disperse Blue 3, 7, 9, 14, 16, 19, 20, 26, 27, 35, 43, 44, 54, 55, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 71, 72, 73, 75, 79 , 81, 82, 83, 87, 91, 93, 94, 95, 96, 102, 106, 108, 112, 113, 115, 118, 120, 122, 125, 128, 130, 139, 141, 142, 143. 146, 148, 149, 153, 154, 158, 165, 167, 171, 173, 174, 176, 181, 183, 185, 186, 187, 189, 197, 198, 200, 201, 205, 207, 211. , 214, 224, 225, 257, 259, 267, 268, 270, 284, 285, 287, 288, 291, 293, 295, 297, 301, 315, 330, 332, 333, 334, 343, 359, 360. Etc.; C.I. I. Disperse Black 1, 3, 10, 24, etc .; etc.
 油溶性染料の具体例としては、例えば、C.I.ソルベントイエロー 2、6、14、16、21、25、29、30、33、51、56、77、80、82、88、89、93、116、150、160:1、163、179等;C.I.ソルベントオレンジ 1、2、14、45、60等;C.I.ソルベントレッド 1、3、7、8、9、18、19、23、24、25、27、49、100、109、121、122、125、127、130、132、135、218、225、230等;C.I.ソルベントバイオレット 13、31等;C.I.ソルベントグリーン 3等;C.I.ソルベントブラウン 3、5等;C.I.ソルベントブルー 2、11、14、24、25、35、36、38、48、55、59、63、67、68、70、73、83、105、111、132等;C.I.ソルベントブラック 3、5、7、23、27、28、29、34等;などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of oil-soluble dyes include, for example, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 2, 6, 14, 16, 21, 25, 29, 30, 33, 51, 56, 77, 80, 82, 88, 89, 93, 116, 150, 160: 1, 163, 179, etc .; C .. I. Solvent orange 1, 2, 14, 45, 60, etc .; C.I. I. Solvent Red 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, 18, 19, 23, 24, 25, 27, 49, 100, 109, 121, 122, 125, 127, 130, 132, 135, 218, 225, 230, etc. C. I. Solvent Violet 13, 31, etc .; C.I. I. Solvent green 3rd grade; C.I. I. Solvent brown 3, 5 mag; C.I. I. Solvent Blue 2, 11, 14, 24, 25, 35, 36, 38, 48, 55, 59, 63, 67, 68, 70, 73, 83, 105, 111, 132, etc .; I. Solvent black 3, 5, 7, 23, 27, 28, 29, 34, etc .; and the like.
≪記録メディア≫
 本実施形態に係る記録メディアは、上述した本実施形態に係る着色液、又は上述した本実施形態に係るインクセットに含まれる各インクが付着したものである。記録メディアとしては、着色液又はインクにより記録可能なものであれば特に制限されず、例えば、繊維、紙(普通紙、インクジェット専用紙等)等が挙げられる。特に、本実施形態に係る記録メディアは、疎水性繊維であることが好ましい。
≪Recording media≫
The recording medium according to the present embodiment is the one to which the coloring liquid according to the above-mentioned embodiment or the inks contained in the ink set according to the above-mentioned embodiment are attached. The recording medium is not particularly limited as long as it can be recorded with a coloring liquid or ink, and examples thereof include fibers and paper (plain paper, inkjet paper, etc.). In particular, the recording medium according to the present embodiment is preferably hydrophobic fibers.
 疎水性繊維としては、例えば、ポリエステル繊維、ナイロン繊維、トリアセテート繊維、ジアセテート繊維、ポリアミド繊維、及びこれらの繊維を2種以上用いた混紡繊維等が挙げられる。また、これらの疎水性繊維とレーヨン等の再生繊維、木綿、絹、羊毛等の天然繊維との混紡繊維も、本明細書においては疎水性繊維に含まれる。これらの繊維の中にはインク受容層(滲み防止層)を有するものも知られており、そのような繊維も疎水性繊維に含まれる。インク受容層の形成方法は公知技術であり、インク受容層を有する繊維も市販品として入手が可能である。インク受容層の材質、構造等は特に制限されず、目的等に応じて適宜使用することができる。 Examples of the hydrophobic fiber include polyester fiber, nylon fiber, triacetate fiber, diacetate fiber, polyamide fiber, and blended fiber using two or more of these fibers. Further, a blended fiber of these hydrophobic fibers and a regenerated fiber such as rayon or a natural fiber such as cotton, silk and wool is also included in the hydrophobic fiber in the present specification. Some of these fibers are known to have an ink receiving layer (bleeding prevention layer), and such fibers are also included in the hydrophobic fibers. The method for forming the ink receiving layer is a known technique, and fibers having an ink receiving layer are also available as commercial products. The material, structure, and the like of the ink receiving layer are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately used depending on the purpose and the like.
≪疎水性繊維の捺染方法≫
 本実施形態に係る疎水性繊維の捺染方法は、上述した本実施形態に係る着色液、又は上述した本実施形態に係るインクセットに含まれる各インクを用いて疎水性繊維に捺染する方法である。疎水性繊維の捺染方法は、ダイレクトプリント法と昇華転写法とに大別される。
≪Stencil printing method for hydrophobic fibers≫
The method for printing hydrophobic fibers according to the present embodiment is a method for printing hydrophobic fibers using the above-mentioned coloring liquid according to the present embodiment or each ink contained in the above-mentioned ink set according to the present embodiment. .. The printing method of hydrophobic fibers is roughly classified into a direct printing method and a sublimation transfer method.
 ダイレクトプリント法は、着色液又はインクの液滴を、インクジェットプリンタにより疎水性繊維に付着させることにより、文字、絵柄等の記録画像を得るプリント工程と、プリント工程にて疎水性繊維に付着させた着色液又はインク中の染料を、熱により疎水性繊維に固着させる固着工程と、疎水性繊維中に残存する未固着の染料を洗浄する洗浄工程と、を含む。 In the direct printing method, a droplet of a coloring liquid or ink is attached to a hydrophobic fiber by an inkjet printer to obtain a recorded image of characters, patterns, etc., and the ink droplet is attached to the hydrophobic fiber in the printing step. It includes a fixing step of fixing the dye in the coloring liquid or the ink to the hydrophobic fiber by heat, and a cleaning step of cleaning the unfixed dye remaining in the hydrophobic fiber.
 固着工程は、一般的には公知のスチーミング又はベーキングによって行われる。スチーミングとしては、例えば、高温スチーマーにより通常170~180℃で10分間程度、あるいは、高圧スチーマーにより通常120~130℃で20分間程度、それぞれ疎水性繊維を処理することにより、染料を疎水性繊維に染着(湿熱固着とも称される)する方法が挙げられる。ベーキング(サーモゾル)としては、例えば、通常190~210℃で6~120秒間程度、疎水性繊維を処理することにより、染料を疎水性繊維に染着(乾熱固着とも称される)する方法が挙げられる。 The fixing step is generally performed by known steaming or baking. The steaming includes, for example, treating the hydrophobic fibers with a high-temperature steamer at 170 to 180 ° C. for about 10 minutes, or using a high-pressure steamer at 120 to 130 ° C. for about 20 minutes, respectively, to change the dye into hydrophobic fibers. There is a method of dyeing (also called moist heat fixation). As baking (thermosol), for example, a method of dyeing a dye on hydrophobic fibers (also called dry heat sterilization) by treating the hydrophobic fibers at 190 to 210 ° C. for about 6 to 120 seconds is used. Can be mentioned.
 洗浄工程は、得られた繊維を、温水、及び必要に応じて水により洗浄する工程である。洗浄に使用する温水や水は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。洗浄後の疎水性繊維を、通常50~120℃で5~30分間乾燥することも好ましく行われる。 The washing step is a step of washing the obtained fibers with warm water and, if necessary, water. The warm water or water used for washing may contain a surfactant. It is also preferable to dry the washed hydrophobic fibers at 50 to 120 ° C. for 5 to 30 minutes.
 一方、昇華転写法は、着色液又はインクの液滴を、インクジェットプリンタにより中間記録媒体に付着させることにより、文字、絵柄等の記録画像を得るプリント工程と、中間記録媒体における着色液又はインクの付着面に疎水性繊維を接触させ、熱処理することにより記録画像を疎水性繊維に転写する転写工程と、を含む。 On the other hand, in the sublimation transfer method, a printing step of obtaining a recorded image of characters, patterns, etc. by adhering droplets of a coloring liquid or ink to an intermediate recording medium by an inkjet printer, and a coloring liquid or ink in the intermediate recording medium. It includes a transfer step of transferring a recorded image to the hydrophobic fiber by bringing the hydrophobic fiber into contact with the adhesion surface and heat-treating it.
 中間記録媒体としては、付着した着色液又はインク中の染料が、その表面で凝集せず、且つ、疎水性繊維へ記録画像の転写を行うときに、染料の昇華を妨害しないものが好ましい。そのような中間記録媒体の一例としては、シリカ等の無機微粒子でインク受容層が表面に形成されている紙が挙げられ、インクジェット用の専用紙等を用いることができる。 The intermediate recording medium is preferably one in which the adhered coloring liquid or the dye in the ink does not aggregate on the surface thereof and does not interfere with the sublimation of the dye when the recorded image is transferred to the hydrophobic fiber. An example of such an intermediate recording medium is a paper having an ink receiving layer formed on the surface of inorganic fine particles such as silica, and a special paper for inkjet can be used.
 転写工程における熱処理としては、通常190~200℃程度での乾熱処理が挙げられる。 Examples of the heat treatment in the transfer step include dry heat treatment at about 190 to 200 ° C.
 本実施形態に係る疎水性繊維の捺染方法は、滲み等を防止する目的で、疎水性繊維の前処理工程をさらに含んでいてもよい。この前処理工程としては、糊材、アルカリ性物質、還元防止剤、及びヒドロトロピー剤を含有する水溶液(前処理液)を、着色液又はインクを付着させる前の疎水性繊維に付与する工程が挙げられる。 The method for printing hydrophobic fibers according to the present embodiment may further include a pretreatment step for hydrophobic fibers for the purpose of preventing bleeding and the like. Examples of this pretreatment step include a step of applying an aqueous solution (pretreatment liquid) containing a glue material, an alkaline substance, an antioxidant, and a hydrotropy agent to the hydrophobic fiber before adhering the coloring liquid or ink. Be done.
 糊剤としては、例えば、グアー、ローカストビーン等の天然ガム類;澱粉類;アルギン酸ソーダ、ふのり等の海藻類;ペクチン酸等の植物皮類;メチル繊維素、エチル繊維素、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース等の繊維素誘導体;カルボキシメチル澱粉等の加工澱粉;ポリビニルアルコール、ポリアクリル酸エステル等の合成糊;などが挙げられ、アルギン酸ソーダが好ましい。 Examples of the adhesive include natural gums such as guar and locust beans; starches; seaweeds such as sodium alginate and furinate; plant skins such as pectic acid; methyl fiber, ethyl fiber, hydroxyethyl cellulose and carboxymethyl cellulose. And the like; processed starch such as carboxymethyl starch; synthetic glue such as polyvinyl alcohol and polyacrylic acid ester; and the like, and sodium alginate is preferable.
 アルカリ性物質としては、例えば、無機酸又は有機酸のアルカリ金属塩;アルカリ土類金属の塩;加熱した際にアルカリを遊離する化合物;等が挙げられ、アルカリ金属水酸化物及びアルカリ金属塩が好ましい。具体例としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カルシウム等のアルカリ金属水酸化物;炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、リン酸二水素ナトリウム、リン酸水素二ナトリウム、リン酸ナトリウム等の無機化合物のアルカリ金属塩;蟻酸ナトリウム、トリクロロ酢酸ナトリウム等の有機化合物のアルカリ金属塩;等が挙げられ、炭酸水素ナトリウムが好ましい。 Examples of the alkaline substance include alkali metal salts of inorganic acids or organic acids; salts of alkaline earth metals; compounds that liberate alkali when heated; and the like, and alkali metal hydroxides and alkali metal salts are preferable. .. Specific examples include, for example, alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide; inorganic substances such as sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, disodium hydrogenphosphate, and sodium phosphate. Examples thereof include alkali metal salts of compounds; alkali metal salts of organic compounds such as sodium formate and sodium trichloroacetate; and sodium hydrogencarbonate is preferable.
 還元防止剤としては、メタニトロベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウムが好ましい。
 ヒドロトロピー剤としては、尿素、ジメチル尿素等の尿素類等が挙げられ、尿素が好ましい。
As the anti-reduction agent, sodium metanitrobenzene sulfonate is preferable.
Examples of the hydrotropy agent include ureas such as urea and dimethylurea, and urea is preferable.
 前処理液中における各成分の混合比率は、例えば、糊剤が0.5~5質量%、炭酸水素ナトリウムが0.5~5質量%、メタニトロベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウムが0~5質量%、尿素が1~20質量%、残部が水である。 The mixing ratio of each component in the pretreatment liquid is, for example, 0.5 to 5% by mass of glutinous agent, 0.5 to 5% by mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate, 0 to 5% by mass of sodium metanitrobenzene sulfonate, and urea. Is 1 to 20% by mass, and the balance is water.
 前処理液を疎水性繊維に付着させる方法としては、例えばパディング法が挙げられる。パディングの絞り率は40~90%程度が好ましく、より好ましくは60~80%程度である。 As a method of adhering the pretreatment liquid to the hydrophobic fiber, for example, a padding method can be mentioned. The padding ratio is preferably about 40 to 90%, more preferably about 60 to 80%.
 以下、実施例により本発明をさらに詳細に説明するが、本発明は、実施例により限定されるものではない。実施例において特に断りがない限り、「部」は質量部を、「%」は質量%をそれぞれ意味する。なお、各実施例におけるインクは、いずれも上記着色液に含まれる。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples, but the present invention is not limited to Examples. Unless otherwise specified in the examples, "parts" means parts by mass and "%" means parts by mass. The inks in each embodiment are included in the coloring liquid.
 実施例及び比較例で用いた水不溶性着色剤について、DMFに溶解又は分散させ、紫外可視分光吸収における極大吸収波長の吸光度が1となるよう濃度調整した溶液を測定した結果を表1に示す。 Table 1 shows the results of measuring the solutions of the water-insoluble colorants used in Examples and Comparative Examples, which were dissolved or dispersed in DMF and adjusted in concentration so that the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength in ultraviolet-visible spectroscopic absorption was 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 なお、式(A1-1)~(A1-3)、(B1-1)、(F1)、(G1)で表される化合物は、特開2018-178038号公報、特公昭40-4222号公報、Ayyangar N.R. et al.(Ayyangar N.R. et al.,Dyes and Pigments,1991, 16(3),197-204)、中国特許出願公開第105237417号明細書等の記載に基づいて合成した。 The compounds represented by the formulas (A1-1) to (A1-3), (B1-1), (F1), and (G1) are JP-A-2018-178038 and JP-A No. 40-4222. , Ayyangar N. et al. R. Et al. (Ayyangar N.R. et al., Days and Pigments, 991, 16 (3), 197-204), Synthesized based on the description of Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 105237417.
<Joncryl 678のエマルション液の調製>
 25%水酸化ナトリウム(6部)、イオン交換水(54部)、及びプロピレングリコール(20部)の混合物にJoncryl 678(BASF社製)(20部)を投入し、90~120℃に昇温して5時間撹拌することにより、Joncryl 678のエマルション液を得た。
<Preparation of Joncryl 678 emulsion>
Joncryl 678 (manufactured by BASF) (20 parts) was added to a mixture of 25% sodium hydroxide (6 parts), ion-exchanged water (54 parts), and propylene glycol (20 parts), and the temperature was raised to 90 to 120 ° C. Then, the mixture was stirred for 5 hours to obtain an emulsion solution of Joncryl 678.
<調製例1a:水性分散液1aの調製>
 C.I.ディスパースブルー 60(4.4部)、式(B1-1)で表される化合物(5.6部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール 104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液1aを得た。
<Preparation Example 1a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 1a>
C. I. Disperse Blue 60 (4.4 parts), compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (5.6 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulphonic acid formalinated polycondensate in creosote, Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol. 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts). The dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1a.
<調製例2a:水性分散液2aの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物(5.3部)、及び式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.7部)に変更すること以外は調製例1aと同様にして、水性分散液2aを得た。
<Preparation Example 2a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2a>
Same as Preparation Example 1a except that the colorant is changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (5.3 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.7 parts). To obtain an aqueous dispersion 2a.
<調製例3a:水性分散液3aの調製>
 式(A1-1)で表される化合物(5.3部)、式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.7部)、SM-57(ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェート系分散剤、東邦化学工業株式会社製)(10部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(79.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液3aを得た。
<Preparation Example 3a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3a>
The compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (5.3 parts), the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.7 parts), SM-57 (polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant). , Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (10 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2) Part), Propylene GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 part), and ion-exchanged water (79.7 part), 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added, and cooled with a sand mill, about The dispersion treatment was performed for 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion 3a.
<調製例4a:水性分散液4aの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物(5.6部)、及び式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.4部)に変更すること以外は調製例1aと同様にして、水性分散液4aを得た。
<Preparation Example 4a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4a>
Same as Preparation Example 1a except that the colorant is changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (5.6 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.4 parts). To obtain an aqueous dispersion 4a.
<調製例5a:水性分散液5aの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物(5.6部)、及び式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.4部)に変更すること以外は調製例3aと同様にして、水性分散液5aを得た。
<Preparation Example 5a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5a>
Same as Preparation Example 3a except that the colorant is changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (5.6 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.4 parts). To obtain an aqueous dispersion 5a.
<調製例6a:水性分散液6aの調製>
 式(A1-2)で表される化合物(5.6部)、式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.4部)、上記Joncryl 678のエマルション液(30部)、サーフィノール 104PG50(サーフィノール 104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(59.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液6aを得た。
<Preparation Example 6a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6a>
The compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (5.6 parts), the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.4 parts), the emulsion solution of Joncryl 678 (30 parts), and the surfactant 104PG50. (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to a concentration of 50% with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0. 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of 1 part) and ion-exchanged water (59.7 parts), and the mixture was dispersed under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 6a.
<調製例7a:水性分散液7aの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-3)で表される化合物(5.4部)、及び式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.6部)に変更すること以外は調製例1aと同様にして、水性分散液7aを得た。
<Preparation Example 7a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 7a>
Same as Preparation Example 1a except that the colorant is changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3) (5.4 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.6 parts). To obtain an aqueous dispersion 7a.
<調製例8a:水性分散液8aの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359(6.0部)、及び式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.0部)に変更すること以外は調製例1aと同様にして、水性分散液8aを得た。
<Preparation Example 8a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8a>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 8a was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1a except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359 (6.0 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.0 parts). ..
<調製例9a:水性分散液9aの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359(6.0部)、及び式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.0部)に変更すること以外は調製例3aと同様にして、水性分散液9aを得た。
<Preparation Example 9a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9a>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 9a was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 3a except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359 (6.0 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.0 parts). ..
<調製例10a:水性分散液10aの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359(6.0部)、及び式(B1-1)で表される化合物(4.0部)に変更すること以外は調製例6aと同様にして、水性分散液10aを得た。
<Preparation Example 10a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10a>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 10a was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 6a except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359 (6.0 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (4.0 parts). ..
<調製例11a:水性分散液11aの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 72(4.7部)、及び式(B1-1)で表される化合物(5.3部)に変更すること以外は調製例1aと同様にして、水性分散液11aを得た。
<Preparation Example 11a: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11a>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 11a was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1a except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 72 (4.7 parts) and the compound represented by the formula (B1-1) (5.3 parts). ..
<実施例1a~7a及び比較例1a~4a:インクの調製>
 上記で得られた水性分散液1a~11aと下記表2、3に記載の各成分とを混合し、30分間撹拌した後、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、実施例1a~7a及び比較例1a~4aの各インクを調製した。表中、各成分の数値は、添加した部数を示す。
<Examples 1a to 7a and Comparative Examples 1a to 4a: Preparation of ink>
The aqueous dispersions 1a to 11a obtained above were mixed with each component shown in Tables 2 and 3 below, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0. Each ink of Examples 1a to 7a and Comparative Examples 1a to 4a was prepared by filtering with 5 μm). In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
 表2、3中の略号等は、それぞれ以下を示す。
 サーフィノール465:エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製、ノニオン系界面活性剤
 TEA80:トリエタノールアミンの80%水溶液
The abbreviations, etc. in Tables 2 and 3 indicate the following, respectively.
Surfinol 465: Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., nonionic surfactant TEA80: 80% aqueous solution of triethanolamine
<評価>
 調製した各インクを、インクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に充填し、中間記録媒体としてTRANSJET EcoII 8385(95g/m)を用いて、100%Dutyの単色ベタ画像を印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。得られた各中間記録媒体のインク付着面とポリエステル布(帝人トロピカル)とを重ね合わせた後、卓上自動平プレス機(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、AF-65TEN)を用いて200℃×30秒の条件にて熱処理することによって、昇華転写法により染色された染色物をそれぞれ得た。得られた各染色物について、下記の評価を行った。評価結果を表4に示す。
<Evaluation>
Each of the prepared inks is filled in an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and a 100% Duty monochromatic solid image is printed using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium. Each of the intermediate recording media was obtained. After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 30 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
[色相の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100%Dutyの染色部分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。そして、一定の色相角(145°~150°)の範囲における彩度(Cの数値)を測定し、以下の評価基準に従って色相を評価した。Cが高いほど高彩度なグリーンを表現できる。
-評価基準-
 A:Cが75以上
 B:Cが71以上75未満
 C:Cが67以上71未満
 D:Cが67未満
[Evaluation of hue]
The dyed portion of 100% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was color-measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. Then, the saturation (value of C * ) in a range of a constant hue angle (145 ° to 150 °) was measured, and the hue was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The higher the C * , the more highly saturated green can be expressed.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: C * is 75 or more B: C * is 71 or more and less than 75 C: C * is 67 or more and less than 71 D: C * is less than 67
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
 表4の評価結果から明らかなように、実施例1a~7aのインクは、比較例1a~4aのインクに比べ、いずれも彩度が高いグリーンを表現することができた。 As is clear from the evaluation results in Table 4, the inks of Examples 1a to 7a were able to express green with higher saturation than the inks of Comparative Examples 1a to 4a.
<調製例1b:水性分散液1bの調製>
 C.I.ディスパースブルー 60(3.3部)、カヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(6.7部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール 104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液12を得た。
<Preparation Example 1b: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 1b>
C. I. Disperse Blue 60 (3.3 parts), Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (6.7 parts), Labelin W-40 (Cleosort Oil Soda Sulfate) Formalin polycondensate aqueous solution, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) ) (Diluted to a concentration of 50% with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts). 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture, and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 12.
<調製例2b:水性分散液2bの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物(4.2部)、及びカヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.8部)に変更すること以外は調製例1bと同様にして、水性分散液1bを得た。
<Preparation Example 2b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2b>
Colorants were added to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (4.2 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts). An aqueous dispersion 1b was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1b except that it was changed.
<調製例3b:水性分散液3bの調製>
 式(A1-1)で表される化合物(4.2部)、カヤセットイエロー AG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.8部)、SM-57(東邦化学工業株式会社製、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェート系分散剤)(10部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(79.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液3bを得た。
<Preparation Example 3b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3b>
Compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (4.2 parts), Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts), SM-57 ( Polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (10 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.)) 50% with propylene glycol 0.2 mm diameter glass beads in a mixture consisting of (0.2 parts) (diluted to a concentration) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (79.7 parts). Was added, and the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 3b.
<調製例4b:水性分散液4bの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物(4.2部)、及びカヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.8部)に変更すること以外は調製例1bと同様にして、水性分散液4bを得た。
<Preparation Example 4b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4b>
Colorants were added to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (4.2 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts). An aqueous dispersion 4b was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1b except that it was changed.
<調製例5b:水性分散液5bの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物(4.2部)、及びカヤセットイエロー AG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.8部)に変更すること以外は調製例3bと同様にして、水性分散液5bを得た。
<Preparation Example 5b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5b>
Colorants were added to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (4.2 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts). An aqueous dispersion 5b was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 3b except for the modification.
<調製例6b:水性分散液6bの調製>
 式(A1-2)で表される化合物(4.2部)、カヤセットイエロー AG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.8部)、上記Joncryl 678のエマルション液(30部)、サーフィノール 104PG50(サーフィノール 104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(59.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液6bを得た。
<Preparation Example 6b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6b>
The compound represented by the formula (A1-2) (4.2 parts), Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.8 parts), Joncryl 678 above. Emulsion solution (30 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL ( S) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) (manufactured by Ronza) and ion-exchanged water (59.7 parts), and the mixture was dispersed for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. rice field. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 6b.
<調製例7b:水性分散液7bの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-3)で表される化合物(4.6部)、及びカヤセットイエロー AG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.4部)に変更すること以外は調製例1bと同様にして、水性分散液7bを得た。
<Preparation Example 7b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 7b>
Colorants were added to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3) (4.6 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (5.4 parts). An aqueous dispersion 7b was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1b except that it was changed.
<調製例8b:水性分散液8bの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359(5.0部)、及びカヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.0部)に変更すること以外は調製例1bと同様にして、水性分散液8bを得た。
<Preparation Example 8b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8b>
Coloring agent C.I. I. Same as Preparation Example 1b except that it is changed to Disperse Blue 359 (5.0 copies) and Kayaset Yellow AG (C.I. Disperse Yellow 54) (5.0 copies) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. To obtain an aqueous dispersion 8b.
<調製例9b:水性分散液9bの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359(5.0部)、及びカヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.0部)に変更すること以外は調製例3bと同様にして、水性分散液9bを得た。
<Preparation Example 9b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9b>
Coloring agent C.I. I. Same as Preparation Example 3b except that it is changed to Disperse Blue 359 (5.0 copies) and Kayaset Yellow AG (C.I. Disperse Yellow 54) (5.0 copies) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. To obtain an aqueous dispersion 9b.
<調製例10b:水性分散液10bの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359(5.0部)、及びカヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(5.0部)に変更すること以外は調製例6bと同様にして、水性分散液10bを得た。
<Preparation Example 10b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10b>
Coloring agent C.I. I. Same as Preparation Example 6b except that it is changed to Disperse Blue 359 (5.0 copies) and Kayaset Yellow AG (C.I. Disperse Yellow 54) (5.0 copies) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. To obtain an aqueous dispersion 10b.
<調製例11b:水性分散液11bの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 72(5.3部)、及びカヤセットイエロー AG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(4.7部)に変更すること以外は調製例1bと同様にして、水性分散液11bを得た。
<Preparation Example 11b: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11b>
Coloring agent C.I. I. Same as Preparation Example 1b except that it is changed to Disperse Blue 72 (5.3 parts) and Kayaset Yellow AG (CI Disperse Yellow 54) (4.7 parts) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. To obtain an aqueous dispersion 11b.
<実施例1b~7b及び比較例1b~4b:インクの調製>
 上記で得られた水性分散液1b~11bと下記表5、6に記載の各成分とを混合し、30分間撹拌した後、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、実施例1b~7b及び比較例1b~4bの各インクを調製した。表中、各成分の数値は、添加した部数を示す。
<Examples 1b to 7b and Comparative Examples 1b to 4b: Preparation of ink>
The aqueous dispersions 1b to 11b obtained above were mixed with each component shown in Tables 5 and 6 below, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0. Each ink of Examples 1b to 7b and Comparative Examples 1b to 4b was prepared by filtering with 5 μm). In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
 下記表5、6中の略号等は、それぞれ以下を示す。
 サーフィノール465:エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製、ノニオン系界面活性剤
 TEA80:トリエタノールアミンの80%水溶液
The abbreviations, etc. in Tables 5 and 6 below indicate the following, respectively.
Surfinol 465: Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., nonionic surfactant TEA80: 80% aqueous solution of triethanolamine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
<評価>
 調製した各インクを、インクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に充填し、中間記録媒体としてTRANSJET EcoII 8385(95g/m)を用いて、100%Dutyの単色ベタ画像を印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。得られた各中間記録媒体のインク付着面とポリエステル布(帝人トロピカル)とを重ね合わせた後、卓上自動平プレス機(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、AF-65TEN)を用いて200℃×30秒の条件にて熱処理することによって、昇華転写法により染色された染色物をそれぞれ得た。得られた各染色物について、下記の評価を行った。評価結果を表7に示す。
<Evaluation>
Each of the prepared inks is filled in an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and a 100% Duty monochromatic solid image is printed using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium. Each of the intermediate recording media was obtained. After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 30 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products. The evaluation results are shown in Table 7.
[色相の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100%Dutyの染色部分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。そして、一定の色相角(150°~155°)の範囲における彩度(Cの数値)を測定し、以下の評価基準に従って色相を評価した。Cが高いほど高彩度なグリーンを表現できる。
-評価基準-
 A:Cが72以上
 B:Cが65以上72未満
 C:Cが58以上65未満
 D:Cが58未満
[Evaluation of hue]
The dyed portion of 100% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was color-measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. Then, the saturation (value of C * ) in a range of a constant hue angle (150 ° to 155 °) was measured, and the hue was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The higher the C * , the more highly saturated green can be expressed.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: C * is 72 or more B: C * is 65 or more and less than 72 C: C * is 58 or more and less than 65 D: C * is less than 58
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
 表7の評価結果から明らかなように、実施例1b~7bのインクは、比較例1b~4bのインクに比べ、いずれも彩度が高いグリーンを表現することができた。 As is clear from the evaluation results in Table 7, the inks of Examples 1b to 7b were able to express green with higher saturation than the inks of Comparative Examples 1b to 4b.
<調製例1c:水性分散液1cの調製>
 カヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液1cを得た。
<Preparation Example 1c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 1c>
Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulphonate polycondensate in creoseto oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) Add 0.2 mm diameter glass beads to a mixture consisting of (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 part), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and use a sand mill. The dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1c.
<調製例2c:水性分散液2cの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブラウン 27に変更すること以外は調製例1cと同様にして、水性分散液2cを得た。
<Preparation Example 2c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2c>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 2c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
<調製例3c:水性分散液3cの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1cと同様にして、水性分散液3cを得た。
<Preparation Example 3c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3c>
An aqueous dispersion 3c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例4c:水性分散液4cの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 60に変更すること以外は調製例1cと同様にして、水性分散液4cを得た。
<Preparation Example 4c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4c>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 4c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 60.
<調製例5c:水性分散液5cの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1cと同様にして、水性分散液5cを得た。
<Preparation Example 5c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5c>
An aqueous dispersion 5c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例6c:水性分散液6cの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例1cと同様にして、水性分散液6cを得た。
<Preparation Example 6c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6c>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 6c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例7c:水性分散液7cの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 360に変更すること以外は調製例1cと同様にして、水性分散液7cを得た。
<Preparation Example 7c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 7c>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 7c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
<調製例8c:水性分散液8cの調製>
 カヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)、上記Joncryl 678のエマルション液(30部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(59.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液8cを得た。
<Preparation Example 8c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8c>
Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Joncryl 678 emulsion (30 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant)) , Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (59 parts). 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 8c.
<調製例9c:水性分散液9cの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブラウン 27に変更すること以外は調製例8cと同様にして、水性分散液9cを得た。
<Preparation Example 9c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9c>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 9c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8c except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
<調製例10c:水性分散液10cの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例8cと同様にして、水性分散液10cを得た。
<Preparation Example 10c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10c>
An aqueous dispersion 10c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8c except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例11c:水性分散液11cの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 360に変更すること以外は調製例8cと同様にして、水性分散液11cを得た。
<Preparation Example 11c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11c>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 11c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
<調製例12c:水性分散液12cの調製>
 カヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)、SM-57(東邦化学工業株式会社製、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェート系分散剤)(10部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(79.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液12cを得た。
<Preparation Example 12c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 12c>
Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), SM-57 (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant) (10) Part), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (Lonza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (79.7 parts), and the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 12c.
<調製例13c:水性分散液13cの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブラウン 27に変更すること以外は調製例12cと同様にして、水性分散液13cを得た。
<Preparation Example 13c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 13c>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 13c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 12c except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
<調製例14c:水性分散液14cの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例12cと同様にして、水性分散液14cを得た。
<Preparation Example 14c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Solution 14c>
An aqueous dispersion 14c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 12c except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例15c:水性分散液15cの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 360に変更すること以外は調製例12cと同様にして、水性分散液15cを得た。
<Preparation Example 15c: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 15c>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 15c was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 12c except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
<実施例1c~14c及び比較例1c:インクの調製>
 上記で得られた水性分散液1c~15cと下記表8、9に記載の各成分とを混合し、30分間撹拌した後、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、実施例1c~14c及び比較例1cの各インクをそれぞれ調製した。表中、各成分の数値は、添加した部数を示す。
<Examples 1c to 14c and Comparative Example 1c: Ink preparation>
After mixing the aqueous dispersions 1c to 15c obtained above with each component shown in Tables 8 and 9 below and stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0. Each ink of Examples 1c to 14c and Comparative Example 1c was prepared by filtering with 5 μm). In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
 表8、9中の略号等は、それぞれ以下を示す。
 サーフィノール465:エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製、ノニオン系界面活性剤
 TEA80:トリエタノールアミンの80%水溶液
The abbreviations and the like in Tables 8 and 9 indicate the following, respectively.
Surfinol 465: Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., nonionic surfactant TEA80: 80% aqueous solution of triethanolamine
 なお、表8には、水不溶性着色剤Aの質量基準の含有量を(A)とし、水不溶性着色剤C及び水不溶性着色剤Eの質量基準の含有量を(C+E)としたときの、(A)/(C+E)で算出される値についても併せて示す。 In Table 8, the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant A is (A), and the mass-based contents of the water-insoluble colorant C and the water-insoluble colorant E are (C + E). The values calculated by (A) / (C + E) are also shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
<評価>
 調製した各インクを、インクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に充填し、中間記録媒体としてTRANSJET EcoII 8385(95g/m)を用いて、100%Duty及び40%Dutyの単色ベタ画像を印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。得られた各中間記録媒体のインク付着面とポリエステル布(帝人トロピカル)とを重ね合わせた後、卓上自動平プレス機(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、AF-65TEN)を用いて200℃×30秒の条件にて熱処理することによって、昇華転写法により染色された染色物をそれぞれ得た。得られた各染色物について、下記の評価を行った(実施例10c~14cのインクについては、発色性の評価のみ)。評価結果を表10、11に示す。
<Evaluation>
Each of the prepared inks is filled in an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 100% Duty and 40% Duty single colors. Intermediate recording media on which solid images were printed were obtained. After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 30 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products (for the inks of Examples 10c to 14c, only the evaluation of color development was performed). The evaluation results are shown in Tables 10 and 11.
[発色性の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100%Dutyの染色部分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。各染色物の波長400~700nmにおける反射率Rを測色し、Kubelka-Munkの式:K/S=(1-R)/2RによりK/S値を算出した。そして、各波長におけるK/S値の合計であるシグマK/S値を算出し、以下の評価基準に従って発色性を評価した。シグマK/S値が大きい方が、発色濃度が高く、高品質であることを意味する。
-評価基準-
 S:シグマK/S値が360以上
 A:シグマK/S値が350以上360未満
 B:シグマK/S値が340以上350未満
 C:シグマK/S値が330以上340未満
 D:シグマK/S値が330未満
[Evaluation of color development]
The dyed portion of 100% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was color-measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. The reflectance R of each dyed product at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm was measured, and the K / S value was calculated by the formula of Kubelka-Munk: K / S = (1-R) 2 / 2R. Then, the sigma K / S value, which is the total of the K / S values at each wavelength, was calculated, and the color development property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The larger the sigma K / S value, the higher the color density and the higher the quality.
-Evaluation criteria-
S: Sigma K / S value is 360 or more A: Sigma K / S value is 350 or more and less than 360 B: Sigma K / S value is 340 or more and less than 350 C: Sigma K / S value is 330 or more and less than 340 D: Sigma K / S value is less than 330
[演色性の評価]
 得られた各染色物の40%Dutyの染色部分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色は視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行い、D65光源及びA光源における各L、a、bの値を得た。得られた各光源のL、a、bの値からD65光源及びA光源における色差△ED65-Aを下記式(I)から求めた。式中、L D65はD65光源におけるL値、L はA光源におけるL値、a D65はD65光源におけるa値、a はA光源におけるa値、b D65はD65光源におけるb値、b はA光源におけるb値をそれぞれ示す。
 △ED65-A=[(L D65-L +(a D65-a +(b D65-b 0.5 ・・・(I)
[Evaluation of color rendering]
The dyed portion of 40% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was color-measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of a viewing angle of 2 ° and status T, and the values of L * , a * , and b * of the D65 light source and the A light source were obtained. From the values of L * , a * , and b * of each of the obtained light sources, the color difference ΔE D65-A in the D65 light source and the A light source was obtained from the following formula (I). In the equation, L * D65 is the L * value in the D65 light source, L * A is the L * value in the A light source, a * D65 is the a * value in the D65 light source, and a * A is the a * value in the A light source, b * D65 . Indicates the b * value in the D65 light source, and b * A indicates the b * value in the A light source.
ΔE D65-A = [(L * D65 -L * A ) 2 + (a * D65 -a * A ) 2 + (b * D65 -b * A ) 2 ] 0.5 ... (I)
 そして、この△ED65-Aの値から、以下の評価基準に従って演色性を評価した。△ED65-Aの値は、より小さいほうが演色性の影響による色相変化が抑えられ、高品質であることを意味する。
-評価基準-
 A:色差△ED65-Aの値が1.5未満
 B:色差△ED65-Aの値が1.5以上1.8未満
 C:色差△ED65-Aの値が1.8以上2.1未満
 D:色差△ED65-Aの値が2.1以上
Then, the color rendering property was evaluated from the value of ΔED65-A according to the following evaluation criteria. When the value of ΔED65-A is smaller, it means that the hue change due to the influence of the color rendering property is suppressed and the quality is high.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: Color difference ΔE D65-A value is less than 1.5 B: Color difference ΔE D65-A value is 1.5 or more and less than 1.8 C: Color difference ΔE D65-A value is 1.8 or more 2 Less than 1. D: Color difference ΔE The value of D65-A is 2.1 or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
 表10、11の結果から明らかなように、実施例1c~14cのインクは、比較例1cのインクに比べ、発色性に優れていた。また、実施例1c~9cのインクは、比較例1cのインクに比べ、演色性の影響による色相変化を抑える性能にも優れていた。 As is clear from the results in Tables 10 and 11, the inks of Examples 1c to 14c were superior in color development to the inks of Comparative Example 1c. Further, the inks of Examples 1c to 9c were also excellent in the performance of suppressing the hue change due to the influence of the color rendering property as compared with the inks of Comparative Example 1c.
<調製例1d:水性分散液1dの調製>
 カヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液1dを得た。
<Preparation Example 1d: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 1d>
Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulphonate polycondensate in creoseto oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) Add 0.2 mm diameter glass beads to a mixture consisting of (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 part), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and use a sand mill. The dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1d.
<調製例2d:水性分散液2dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブラウン 27に変更すること以外は調製例1dと同様にして、水性分散液2dを得た。
<Preparation Example 2d: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 2d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 2d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
<調製例3d:水性分散液3dの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1dと同様にして、水性分散液3dを得た。
<Preparation Example 3d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3d>
An aqueous dispersion 3d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例4d:水性分散液4dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 60に変更すること以外は調製例1dと同様にして、水性分散液4dを得た。
<Preparation Example 4d: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 4d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 4d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 60.
<調製例5d:水性分散液5dの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1dと同様にして、水性分散液5dを得た。
<Preparation Example 5d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5d>
An aqueous dispersion 5d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例6d:水性分散液6dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例1dと同様にして、水性分散液6dを得た。
<Preparation Example 6d: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 6d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 6d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例7d:水性分散液7dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 360に変更すること以外は調製例1dと同様にして、水性分散液7dを得た。
<Preparation Example 7d: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 7d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 7d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
<調製例8d:水性分散液8dの調製>
 カヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)、上記Joncryl 678のエマルション液(30部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(59.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液8dを得た。
<Preparation Example 8d: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 8d>
Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Joncryl 678 emulsion (30 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant)) , Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (59 parts). 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 8d.
<調製例9d:水性分散液9dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブラウン 27に変更すること以外は調製例8dと同様にして、水性分散液9dを得た。
<Preparation Example 9d: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 9d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 9d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8d except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
<調製例10d:水性分散液10dの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例8dと同様にして、水性分散液10dを得た。
<Preparation Example 10d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10d>
An aqueous dispersion 10d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8d except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例11d:水性分散液11dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例8dと同様にして、水性分散液11dを得た。
<Preparation Example 11d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 11d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例12d:水性分散液12dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 360に変更すること以外は調製例8dと同様にして、水性分散液12dを得た。
<Preparation Example 12d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 12d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 12d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
<調製例13d:水性分散液13dの調製>
 カヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)、SM-57(東邦化学工業株式会社製、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェート系分散剤)(10部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(79.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液13dを得た。
<Preparation Example 13d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 13d>
Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), SM-57 (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant) (10) Part), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (Lonza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (79.7 parts), and the dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 13d.
<調製例14d:水性分散液14dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブラウン 27に変更すること以外は調製例13dと同様にして、水性分散液14dを得た。
<Preparation Example 14d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 14d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 14d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 13d except that it was changed to Disperse Brown 27.
<調製例15d:水性分散液15dの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例13dと同様にして、水性分散液15dを得た。
<Preparation Example 15d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 15d>
An aqueous dispersion 15d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 13d except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例16d:水性分散液16dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例13dと同様にして、水性分散液16dを得た。
<Preparation Example 16d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 16d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 16d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 13d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例17d:水性分散液17dの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 360に変更すること以外は調製例13dと同様にして、水性分散液17dを得た。
<Preparation Example 17d: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 17d>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 17d was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 13d except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 360.
<実施例1d~10d及び比較例1d:インクの調製>
 上記で得られた水性分散液1d~17dと下記表12に記載の各成分とを混合し、30分間撹拌した後、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、実施例1d~10d及び比較例1dの各インクをそれぞれ調製した。表中、各成分の数値は、添加した部数を示す。
<Examples 1d to 10d and Comparative Example 1d: Preparation of ink>
After mixing the aqueous dispersions 1d to 17d obtained above with each component shown in Table 12 below and stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm). Each ink of Examples 1d to 10d and Comparative Example 1d was prepared by filtering with. In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
 表12中の略号等は、それぞれ以下を示す。
 サーフィノール465:エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製、ノニオン系界面活性剤
 TEA80:トリエタノールアミンの80%水溶液
The abbreviations and the like in Table 12 indicate the following.
Surfinol 465: Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., nonionic surfactant TEA80: 80% aqueous solution of triethanolamine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
<評価>
 調製した各インクを、インクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に充填し、中間記録媒体としてTRANSJET EcoII 8385(95g/m)を用いて、100%Duty及び40%Dutyの単色ベタ画像を印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。得られた各中間記録媒体のインク付着面とポリエステル布(帝人トロピカル)とを重ね合わせた後、卓上自動平プレス機(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、AF-65TEN)を用いて200℃×30秒の条件にて熱処理することによって、昇華転写法により染色された染色物をそれぞれ得た。得られた各染色物について、下記の評価を行った。評価結果を表13に示す。
<Evaluation>
Each of the prepared inks is filled in an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 100% Duty and 40% Duty single colors. Intermediate recording media on which solid images were printed were obtained. After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 30 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products. The evaluation results are shown in Table 13.
[発色性の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100%Dutyの染色部分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。各染色物の波長400~700nmにおける反射率Rを測色し、Kubelka-Munkの式:K/S=(1-R)/2RによりK/S値を算出した。そして、各波長におけるK/S値の合計であるシグマK/S値を算出し、以下の評価基準に従って発色性を評価した。シグマK/S値が大きい方が、発色濃度が高く、高品質であることを意味する。
-評価基準-
 A:シグマK/S値が350以上
 B:シグマK/S値が340以上350未満
 C:シグマK/S値が330以上340未満
 D:シグマK/S値が330未満
[Evaluation of color development]
The dyed portion of 100% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was color-measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. The reflectance R of each dyed product at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm was measured, and the K / S value was calculated by the formula of Kubelka-Munk: K / S = (1-R) 2 / 2R. Then, the sigma K / S value, which is the total of the K / S values at each wavelength, was calculated, and the color development property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The larger the sigma K / S value, the higher the color density and the higher the quality.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: Sigma K / S value is 350 or more B: Sigma K / S value is 340 or more and less than 350 C: Sigma K / S value is 330 or more and less than 340 D: Sigma K / S value is less than 330
[演色性の評価]
 得られた各染色物の40%Dutyの染色部分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色は視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行い、D65光源及びA光源における各L、a、bの値を得た。得られた各光源のL、a、bの値からD65光源及びA光源における色差△ED65-Aを下記式(I)から求めた。式中、L D65はD65光源におけるL値、L はA光源におけるL値、a D65はD65光源におけるa値、a はA光源におけるa値、b D65はD65光源におけるb値、b はA光源におけるb値をそれぞれ示す。
 △ED65-A=[(L D65-L +(a D65-a +(b D65-b 0.5 ・・・(I)
[Evaluation of color rendering]
The dyed portion of 40% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was color-measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of a viewing angle of 2 ° and status T, and the values of L * , a * , and b * of the D65 light source and the A light source were obtained. From the values of L * , a * , and b * of each of the obtained light sources, the color difference ΔE D65-A in the D65 light source and the A light source was obtained from the following formula (I). In the equation, L * D65 is the L * value in the D65 light source, L * A is the L * value in the A light source, a * D65 is the a * value in the D65 light source, and a * A is the a * value in the A light source, b * D65 . Indicates the b * value in the D65 light source, and b * A indicates the b * value in the A light source.
ΔE D65-A = [(L * D65 -L * A ) 2 + (a * D65 -a * A ) 2 + (b * D65 -b * A ) 2 ] 0.5 ... (I)
 そして、この△ED65-Aの値から、以下の評価基準に従って演色性を評価した。△ED65-Aの値は、より小さいほうが演色性の影響による色相変化が抑えられ、高品質であることを意味する。
-評価基準-
 A:色差△ED65-Aの値が1.5未満
 B:色差△ED65-Aの値が1.5以上1.8未満
 C:色差△ED65-Aの値が1.8以上2.1未満
 D:色差△ED65-Aの値が2.1以上
Then, the color rendering property was evaluated from the value of ΔED65-A according to the following evaluation criteria. When the value of ΔED65-A is smaller, it means that the hue change due to the influence of the color rendering property is suppressed and the quality is high.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: Color difference ΔE D65-A value is less than 1.5 B: Color difference ΔE D65-A value is 1.5 or more and less than 1.8 C: Color difference ΔE D65-A value is 1.8 or more 2 Less than 1. D: Color difference ΔE The value of D65-A is 2.1 or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
 表13の結果から明らかなように、実施例1d~10dのインクは、比較例1dのインクに比べ、発色性に優れ、かつ、演色性の影響による色相変化を抑える性能にも優れていた。 As is clear from the results in Table 13, the inks of Examples 1d to 10d were superior in color development and in performance of suppressing hue change due to the influence of color rendering as compared with the inks of Comparative Example 1d.
<調製例1e:水性分散液1eの調製>
 C.I.ディスパースブルー 60(10部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液1eを得た。
<Preparation Example 1e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 1e>
C. I. Disperse Blue 60 (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonic acid sulfonic acid polycondensate, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1e.
<調製例2e:水性分散液2eの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1eと同様にして、水性分散液2eを得た。
<Preparation Example 2e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2e>
An aqueous dispersion 2e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例3e:水性分散液3eの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1eと同様にして、水性分散液3eを得た。
<Preparation Example 3e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3e>
An aqueous dispersion 3e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例4e:水性分散液4eの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-3)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1eと同様にして、水性分散液4eを得た。
<Preparation Example 4e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4e>
An aqueous dispersion 4e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3).
<調製例5e:水性分散液5eの調製>
 着色剤を式(F1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1eと同様にして、水性分散液5eを得た。
<Preparation Example 5e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5e>
An aqueous dispersion 5e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (F1).
<調製例6e:水性分散液6eの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例1eと同様にして、水性分散液6eを得た。
<Preparation Example 6e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6e>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 6e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1e except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例7e:水性分散液7eの調製>
 C.I.ディスパースブルー 60(10部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(74.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液7eを得た。
<Preparation Example 7e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 7e>
C. I. Disperse Blue 60 (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonate formalin polycondensate of cleosort oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant)) Activator, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd. diluted to a concentration of 50% with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water. 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (74.7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion 7e.
<調製例8e:水性分散液8eの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例7eと同様にして、水性分散液8eを得た。
<Preparation Example 8e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8e>
An aqueous dispersion 8e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例9e:水性分散液9eの調製>
 着色剤を式(F1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例7eと同様にして、水性分散液9eを得た。
<Preparation Example 9e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9e>
An aqueous dispersion 9e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (F1).
<調製例10e:水性分散液10eの調製>
 式(A1-1)で表される化合物(10部)、上記Joncryl 678のエマルション液(30部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(58.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液10eを得た。
<Preparation Example 10e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 10e>
The compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), the emulsion solution of Joncryl 678 (30 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant surface activity)). Agent, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd. diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (0.1 parts). 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of 58.9 parts), and the mixture was dispersed under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 10e.
<調製例11e:水性分散液11eの調製>
 着色剤を式(F1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例10eと同様にして、水性分散液11eを得た。
<Preparation Example 11e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 11e>
An aqueous dispersion 11e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 10e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (F1).
<調製例12e:水性分散液12eの調製>
 式(A1-1)で表される化合物(10部)、SM-57(東邦化学工業株式会社製、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェート系分散剤)(10部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(78.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液12eを得た。
<Preparation Example 12e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 12e>
Compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), SM-57 (polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (10 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0. 8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) ( 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) of Ronza (manufactured by Ronza) and ion-exchanged water (78.9 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 12e.
<調製例13e:水性分散液13eの調製>
 着色剤を式(F1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例12eと同様にして、水性分散液13eを得た。
<Preparation Example 13e: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 13e>
An aqueous dispersion 13e was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 12e except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (F1).
<実施例1e~22e及び比較例1e~3e:インクの調製>
 上記で得られた水性分散液1e~13eと下記表14、15に記載の各成分とを混合し、30分間撹拌した後、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、実施例1e~22e及び比較例1e~3eの各インクをそれぞれ調製した。表中、各成分の数値は、添加した部数を示す。
<Examples 1e to 22e and Comparative Examples 1e to 3e: Preparation of ink>
The aqueous dispersions 1e to 13e obtained above were mixed with each component shown in Tables 14 and 15 below, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0. Each ink of Examples 1e to 22e and Comparative Examples 1e to 3e was prepared by filtering with 5 μm). In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
 表14、15中の略号等は、それぞれ以下を示す。
 サーフィノール465:エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製、ノニオン系界面活性剤
 TEA80:トリエタノールアミンの80%水溶液
The abbreviations and the like in Tables 14 and 15 indicate the following, respectively.
Surfinol 465: Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., nonionic surfactant TEA80: 80% aqueous solution of triethanolamine
 なお、表14、15には、水不溶性着色剤Aの質量基準の含有量を(A)とし、水不溶性着色剤Fの質量基準の含有量を(F)としたときの、(F)/(A)で算出される値についても併せて示す。 In Tables 14 and 15, (F) / when the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant A is (A) and the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant F is (F). The value calculated in (A) is also shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
<評価>
 調製した各インクを、インクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に充填し、中間記録媒体としてTRANSJET EcoII 8385(95g/m)を用いて、100%Dutyの単色ベタ画像を印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。得られた各中間記録媒体のインク付着面とポリエステル布(帝人トロピカル)とを重ね合わせた後、卓上自動平プレス機(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、AF-65TEN)を用いて200℃×60秒の条件にて熱処理することによって、昇華転写法により染色された染色物をそれぞれ得た。得られた各染色物について、下記の評価を行った。評価結果を表16、17に示す。
<Evaluation>
Each of the prepared inks is filled in an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and a 100% Duty monochromatic solid image is printed using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium. Each of the intermediate recording media was obtained. After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 60 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 16 and 17.
[発色性の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100%Dutyの染色部分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。各染色物の波長400~700nmにおける反射率Rを測色し、Kubelka-Munkの式:K/S=(1-R)/2RによりK/S値を算出した。そして、各波長におけるK/S値の合計であるシグマK/S値を算出し、以下の評価基準に従って発色性を評価した。シグマK/S値が大きい方が、発色濃度が高く、高品質であることを意味する。
-評価基準-
 A:シグマK/S値が120以上
 B:シグマK/S値が90以上120未満
 C:シグマK/S値が60以上90未満
 D:シグマK/S値が60未満
[Evaluation of color development]
The dyed portion of 100% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was color-measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. The reflectance R of each dyed product at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm was measured, and the K / S value was calculated by the formula of Kubelka-Munk: K / S = (1-R) 2 / 2R. Then, the sigma K / S value, which is the total of the K / S values at each wavelength, was calculated, and the color development property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The larger the sigma K / S value, the higher the color density and the higher the quality.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: Sigma K / S value is 120 or more B: Sigma K / S value is 90 or more and less than 120 C: Sigma K / S value is 60 or more and less than 90 D: Sigma K / S value is less than 60
[色相の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100%Dutyの染色部分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°の条件で行った。そして、各染色物の色相角(Hの数値)を測定し、以下の評価基準に従って色相を評価した。評価Aが最もC.I.ディスパースブルー 359と近似した色であり、評価A~Cの範囲であれば、C.I.ディスパースブルー 359と近い色が得られていることを意味する。
-評価基準-
 A:Hが285以上295未満
 B:Hが282以上285未満、又は295以上298未満
 C:Hが280以上282未満、又は298以上300未満
 D:Hが300以上、又は280未満
[Evaluation of hue]
The dyed portion of 100% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was color-measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of a D65 light source and a viewing angle of 2 °. Then, the hue angle (value of H * ) of each dyed product was measured, and the hue was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. Evaluation A is the most C. I. If the color is similar to Disperse Blue 359 and the evaluation is in the range of A to C, C.I. I. It means that a color close to Disperse Blue 359 is obtained.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: H * is 285 or more and less than 295 B: H * is 282 or more and less than 285, or 295 or more and less than 298 C: H * is 280 or more and less than 282, or 298 or more and less than 300 D: H * is 300 or more or less than 280
[耐光堅牢性の評価]
 耐光堅牢性の試験は、JIS L0843 A法に従って行った。すなわち、ブラックパネル温度:63℃、槽内温度:38℃、相対湿度:50%、放射照度:50W/m(波長300~400nm)、インナーフィルター:石英、アウターフィルター:ソーダライムガラスの条件で、キセノンウェザーメーター SUGA NX75(スガ試験機株式会社製)を用い、得られた100%Dutyの各染色物に光源キセノンアークで39.4時間、光照射した。この光照射後の各染布に対してJIS L-0841に規定されたブルースケールの等級に準じて目視判定を行い、耐光性の判定級を決定し、以下の評価基準に従って評価した。耐光性等級の数値が大きい方が耐光性に優れることを意味している。
-評価基準-
 A:5級
 B:4-5級
 C:4級
 D:3-4級
[Evaluation of light robustness]
The light robustness test was performed according to the JIS L0843A method. That is, under the conditions of black panel temperature: 63 ° C, tank temperature: 38 ° C, relative humidity: 50%, irradiance: 50 W / m 2 (wavelength 300 to 400 nm), inner filter: quartz, outer filter: soda lime glass. , Xenon Weather Meter SUGA NX75 (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) was used to irradiate each dyed product of 100% Duty obtained with a light source Xenon arc for 39.4 hours. Each dyed cloth after this light irradiation was visually judged according to the grade of blue scale specified in JIS L-0841, and the judgment grade of light resistance was determined and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The larger the value of the light resistance grade, the better the light resistance.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: 5th grade B: 4-5th grade C: 4th grade D: 3-4th grade
[画質の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100%Dutyの染色部分を目視で確認し、以下の評価基準に従って画質を評価した。A、Bは評価が良好であり、Cは評価が不良である。
-評価基準-
 A:スジやムラのない染色物が得られた。
 B:スジやムラがわずかにみられた。
 C:スジやムラが著しくみられた。
[Evaluation of image quality]
The dyed portion of 100% Duty of each of the obtained dyed products was visually confirmed, and the image quality was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. A and B have a good evaluation, and C has a poor evaluation.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: A dyed product with no streaks or unevenness was obtained.
B: Slight streaks and unevenness were seen.
C: Streaks and unevenness were significantly observed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
 表16、17の結果から明らかなように、実施例1e~22eのインクは、比較例1e~3eのインクに比べ、C.I.ディスパースブルー 359と近似した色相を表現することができた。また、実施例1e~22eのインクによれば、発色性及び耐光堅牢性に優れ、スジやムラがない高品質な染色物を得ることができた。 As is clear from the results in Tables 16 and 17, the inks of Examples 1e to 22e were compared with the inks of Comparative Examples 1e to 3e, and C.I. I. I was able to express a hue similar to Disperse Blue 359. Further, according to the inks of Examples 1e to 22e, it was possible to obtain a high-quality dyed product having excellent color development and light fastness and no streaks or unevenness.
<調製例1f:水性分散液1fの調製>
 C.I.ディスパースブルー 60(10部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液1fを得た。
<Preparation Example 1f: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 1f>
C. I. Disperse Blue 60 (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonic acid sulfonic acid polycondensate, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1f.
<調製例2f:水性分散液2fの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1fと同様にして、水性分散液2fを得た。
<Preparation Example 2f: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 2f>
An aqueous dispersion 2f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例3f:水性分散液3fの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1fと同様にして、水性分散液3fを得た。
<Preparation Example 3f: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3f>
An aqueous dispersion 3f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例4f:水性分散液4fの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-3)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1fと同様にして、水性分散液4fを得た。
<Preparation Example 4f: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 4f>
An aqueous dispersion 4f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3).
<調製例5f:水性分散液5fの調製>
 式(A1-1)で表される化合物(10部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液5fを得た。
<Preparation Example 5f: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5f>
Compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonic acid sulfonic acid polycondensate, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 ( Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted with propylene glycol to a concentration of 50% (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 5f.
<調製例6f:水性分散液6fの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例5fと同様にして、水性分散液6fを得た。
<Preparation Example 6f: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 6f>
An aqueous dispersion 6f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5f except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例7f:水性分散液7fの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359(10部)に変更すること以外は調製例1fと同様にして、水性分散液7fを得た。
<Preparation Example 7f: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 7f>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 7f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359 (10 parts).
<調製例8f:水性分散液8fの調製>
 着色剤をカヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)に変更すること以外は調製例1fと同様にして、水性分散液8fを得た。
<Preparation Example 8f: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 8f>
An aqueous dispersion 8f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1f except that the colorant was changed to Kayaset Yellow AG (CI Disperse Yellow 54, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) (10 parts).
<調製例9f:水性分散液9fの調製>
 着色剤をカヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)に変更すること以外は調製例5fと同様にして、水性分散液9fを得た。
<Preparation Example 9f: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 9f>
An aqueous dispersion 9f was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5f except that the colorant was changed to Kayaset Yellow AG (CI Disperse Yellow 54, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) (10 parts).
<調製例10f~18f:インクの調製>
 上記で得られた水性分散液1f~9fと下記表18に記載の各成分とを混合し、30分間撹拌した後、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、インク1f~9fをそれぞれ調製した。表中、各成分の数値は、添加した部数を示す。
<Preparation Examples 10f-18f: Ink Preparation>
After mixing the aqueous dispersions 1f to 9f obtained above with each component shown in Table 18 below and stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm). Inks 1f to 9f were prepared by filtering with. In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
 表18中の略号等は、それぞれ以下を示す。
 サーフィノール465:エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製、ノニオン系界面活性剤
 TEA80:トリエタノールアミンの80%水溶液
The abbreviations and the like in Table 18 indicate the following.
Surfinol 465: Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., nonionic surfactant TEA80: 80% aqueous solution of triethanolamine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
<実施例1f~4f及び比較例1f~5f:インクセットの調製>
 上記で得られた各インクを下記表19のように組み合わせ、それぞれシアンインクカートリッジ、イエローインクカートリッジに充填することにより、実施例1f~4f及び比較例1f~5fのインクセットを得た。表19の実施例1fの場合、シアンインクカートリッジにインク1fを充填し、イエローインクカートリッジにインク8fを充填した。
<Examples 1f to 4f and Comparative Examples 1f to 5f: Preparation of ink set>
The inks obtained above were combined as shown in Table 19 below and filled into a cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge, respectively, to obtain ink sets of Examples 1f to 4f and Comparative Examples 1f to 5f. In the case of Example 1f in Table 19, the cyan ink cartridge was filled with ink 1f, and the yellow ink cartridge was filled with ink 8f.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
<評価1>
 シアンインクカートリッジ及びイエローインクカートリッジをインクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に装填し、中間記録媒体としてTRANSJET EcoII 8385(95g/m)を用いて、各インクによる10段階の階調(印字濃度)パターン同士を組み合わせたマトリックスとなるように、合計100パッチを印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。より具体的には、インクセットを構成する2種のインクの印字Duty(シアンインクの印字Duty/イエローインクの印字Duty)が、それぞれ100%/10~100%、90%/10~100%、80%/10~100%、70%/10~100%、60%/10~100%、50%/10~100%、40%/10~100%、50%/10~100%、40%/10~100%、30%/10~100%、20%/10~100%、10%/10~100%(「10~100%」は10%、20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、100%を表す)となるように、合計100パッチを印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。
<Evaluation 1>
A cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge are loaded into an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 10 levels of each ink are used. Intermediate recording media on which a total of 100 patches were printed were obtained so as to form a matrix in which the key (print density) patterns were combined. More specifically, the printing Duties of the two types of inks constituting the ink set (cyan ink printing Duty / yellow ink printing Duty) are 100% / 10 to 100% and 90% / 10 to 100%, respectively. 80% / 10-100%, 70% / 10-100%, 60% / 10-100%, 50% / 10-100%, 40% / 10-100%, 50% / 10-100%, 40% / 10-100%, 30% / 10-100%, 20% / 10-100%, 10% / 10-100% ("10-100%" is 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50 %, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%), and an intermediate recording medium on which a total of 100 patches were printed was obtained.
 得られた各中間記録媒体のインク付着面とポリエステル布(帝人トロピカル)とを重ね合わせた後、卓上自動平プレス機(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、AF-65TEN)を用いて200℃×30秒の条件にて熱処理することによって、昇華転写法により染色された染色物をそれぞれ得た。得られた各染色物について、下記の評価を行った。評価結果を表20に示す。 After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 30 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products. The evaluation results are shown in Table 20.
[色相の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100パッチ分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。そして、一定の色相角(150°~155°、165°~170°、又は190°~195°)の範囲における彩度(Cの数値)を測定し、以下の評価基準に従って色相を評価した。Cが高いほど、同じ色相において彩度が高く、高品質であることを意味する。A、Bは評価が良好であり、C、Dは評価が不良である。
-評価基準(色相角150°~155°の場合)-
 A:Cが70以上
 B:Cが65以上70未満
 C:Cが60以上65未満
 D:Cが60未満
-評価基準(色相角165°~170°の場合)-
 S:Cが63以上
 A:Cが58以上63未満
 B:Cが53以上58未満
 C:Cが48以上53未満
 D:Cが48未満
-評価基準(色相角190°~195°の場合)-
 S:Cが52以上
 A:Cが47以上52未満
 B:Cが42以上47未満
 C:Cが37以上42未満
 D:Cが37未満
[Evaluation of hue]
The colors of 100 patches of each of the obtained dyed products were measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. Then, the saturation (value of C * ) in a range of a constant hue angle (150 ° to 155 °, 165 ° to 170 °, or 190 ° to 195 °) was measured, and the hue was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. .. The higher the C * , the higher the saturation and the higher the quality in the same hue. A and B have good evaluations, and C and D have poor evaluations.
-Evaluation criteria (when the hue angle is 150 ° to 155 °)-
A: C * is 70 or more B: C * is 65 or more and less than 70 C: C * is 60 or more and less than 65 D: C * is less than 60-Evaluation criteria (when the hue angle is 165 ° to 170 °)-
S: C * is 63 or more A: C * is 58 or more and less than 63 B: C * is 53 or more and less than 58 C: C * is 48 or more and less than 53 D: C * is less than 48-Evaluation criteria (hue angle 190 ° ~ In the case of 195 °)-
S: C * is 52 or more A: C * is 47 or more and less than 52 B: C * is 42 or more and less than 47 C: C * is 37 or more and less than 42 D: C * is less than 37
[発色性の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100パッチ分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。そして、一定の色相角(150°~155°、165°~170°、又は190°~195°)の範囲におけるDc値を測定し、以下の評価基準に従って発色性を評価した。Dc値が高いほど、同じ色相において発色濃度が高く、高品質であることを意味する。S、A、B、Cは評価が良好であり、Dは評価が不良である。
-評価基準-
 S:Dc値が1.25以上
 A:Dc値が1.10以上1.25未満
 B:Dc値が0.95以上1.10未満
 C:Dc値が0.80以上0.95未満
 D:Dc値が0.80未満
[Evaluation of color development]
The colors of 100 patches of each of the obtained dyed products were measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)". Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. Then, the Dc value in a range of a constant hue angle (150 ° to 155 °, 165 ° to 170 °, or 190 ° to 195 °) was measured, and the color development property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The higher the Dc value, the higher the color density in the same hue, which means that the quality is high. S, A, B, and C have a good evaluation, and D has a poor evaluation.
-Evaluation criteria-
S: Dc value is 1.25 or more A: Dc value is 1.10 or more and less than 1.25 B: Dc value is 0.95 or more and less than 1.10 C: Dc value is 0.80 or more and less than 0.95 D: Dc value is less than 0.80
[画質の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100パッチ分を目視で観察し、以下の評価基準に従って画質を評価した。A、Bは評価が良好であり、Cは評価が不良である。
-評価基準-
 A:100パッチのいずれにおいても、スジやムラがなかった。
 B:100パッチのうち、スジやムラが見られたパッチが1~5個存在した。
 C:100パッチのうち、スジやムラが見られたパッチが6個以上存在した。
[Evaluation of image quality]
100 patches of each of the obtained dyed products were visually observed, and the image quality was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. A and B have a good evaluation, and C has a poor evaluation.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: There were no streaks or unevenness in any of the 100 patches.
B: Of the 100 patches, there were 1 to 5 patches with streaks or unevenness.
C: Of the 100 patches, there were 6 or more patches with streaks or unevenness.
<評価2>
 シアンインクカートリッジ及びイエローインクカートリッジをインクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に装填し、50%/50%の印字Duty、かつ、間欠部分を有するベタ画像をインクジェット用光沢紙に印刷した。得られた各印刷物について、下記の評価を行った。評価結果を表20に示す。
<Evaluation 2>
A cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge are loaded into an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and a solid image with 50% / 50% printing duty and an intermittent portion is printed on glossy inkjet paper. did. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained printed matter. The evaluation results are shown in Table 20.
[間欠吐出性の評価]
 間欠後再吐出の印刷部分を目視で観察し、以下の評価基準に従って間欠吐出性を評価した。A、Bは評価が良好であり、Cは評価が不良である。
-評価基準-
 A:間欠後再吐出の印刷部分に擦れが全く認められない。
 B:間欠後再吐出の印刷部分に僅かに擦れが認められる。
 C:間欠後再吐出の印刷部分に明らかに擦れが認められる。
[Evaluation of intermittent discharge]
The printed portion of re-ejection after intermittent ejection was visually observed, and the intermittent ejection property was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. A and B have a good evaluation, and C has a poor evaluation.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: No rubbing is observed on the printed portion of re-ejection after intermittent.
B: Slight rubbing is observed in the printed portion of re-ejection after intermittent.
C: Rubbing is clearly observed in the printed portion of re-ejection after intermittent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
 表20の結果から明らかなように、実施例1f~4fのインクセットを用いた場合には、いずれも彩度の高いグリーンを表現することができ、間欠吐出性も良好であり、かつ、染色物の画質も良好であった。一方、比較例1fのインクセットを用いた場合には、間欠吐出性及び染色物の画質は良好であったものの、彩度の高いグリーンを表現することができなかった。また、比較例2f~5fのインクセットを用いた場合には、彩度の高いグリーンを表現することはできたものの、間欠吐出性及び染色物の画質は不良であった。 As is clear from the results in Table 20, when the ink sets of Examples 1f to 4f are used, a highly saturated green can be expressed, the intermittent ejection property is good, and the dyeing is performed. The image quality of the object was also good. On the other hand, when the ink set of Comparative Example 1f was used, although the intermittent ejection property and the image quality of the dyed product were good, it was not possible to express green with high saturation. Further, when the ink sets of Comparative Examples 2f to 5f were used, although highly saturated green could be expressed, the intermittent ejection property and the image quality of the dyed product were poor.
<調製例1g:水性分散液1gの調製>
 C.I.ディスパースブルー 60(10部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液1gを得た。
<Preparation Example 1 g: Preparation of 1 g of aqueous dispersion>
C. I. Disperse Blue 60 (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulfonic acid sulfonic acid polycondensate, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to a mixture consisting of (0.1 part) and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain 1 g of an aqueous dispersion.
<調製例2g:水性分散液2gの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1gと同様にして、水性分散液2gを得た。
<Preparation Example 2g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 2g>
An aqueous dispersion (2 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例3g:水性分散液3gの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1gと同様にして、水性分散液3gを得た。
<Preparation Example 3 g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 3 g>
An aqueous dispersion (3 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例4g:水性分散液4gの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-3)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1gと同様にして、水性分散液4gを得た。
<Preparation Example 4 g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 4 g>
An aqueous dispersion (4 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-3).
<調製例5g:水性分散液5gの調製>
 式(A1-1)で表される化合物(10部)、SM-57(東邦化学工業株式会社製、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェート系分散剤)(10部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(79.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液5gを得た。
<Preparation Example 5 g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 5 g>
Compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), SM-57 (polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (10 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104). (Acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of ion-exchanged water (79.7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment under cooling with a sand mill for about 15 hours. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain 5 g of an aqueous dispersion.
<調製例6g:水性分散液6gの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更する以外は調製例5gと同様にして、水性分散液6gを得た。
<Preparation Example 6 g: Preparation of 6 g of aqueous dispersion>
An aqueous dispersion (6 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例7g:水性分散液7gの調製>
 式(A1-1)で表される化合物(10部)、上記Joncryl 678のエマルション液(30部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(59.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液7gを得た。
<Preparation Example 7 g: Preparation of 7 g of aqueous dispersion>
The compound represented by the formula (A1-1) (10 parts), the emulsion solution of Joncryl 678 (30 parts), and Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) are propylene. 0. To a mixture consisting of glycol (diluted to a concentration of 50%) (0.2 parts), Proxylene GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (59.7 parts). 2 mm diameter glass beads were added, and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain 7 g of an aqueous dispersion.
<調製例8g:水性分散液8gの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更する以外は調製例7gと同様にして、水性分散液8gを得た。
<Preparation Example 8 g: Preparation of 8 g of aqueous dispersion>
8 g of an aqueous dispersion was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例9g:水性分散液9gの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例1gと同様にして、水性分散液9gを得た。
<Preparation Example 9 g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 9 g>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion (9 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例10g:水性分散液10gの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例5gと同様にして、水性分散液10gを得た。
<Preparation Example 10 g: Preparation of 10 g of aqueous dispersion>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion (10 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5 g except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例11g:水性分散液11gの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例7gと同様にして、水性分散液11gを得た。
<Preparation Example 11 g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 11 g>
Coloring agent C.I. I. 11 g of the aqueous dispersion was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7 g except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例12g:水性分散液12gの調製>
 着色剤を式(B1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1gと同様にして、水性分散液12gを得た。
<Preparation Example 12 g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 12 g>
An aqueous dispersion (12 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (B1-1).
<調製例13g:水性分散液13gの調製>
 着色剤を式(B1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例5gと同様にして、水性分散液13gを得た。
<Preparation Example 13 g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 13 g>
An aqueous dispersion (13 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (B1-1).
<調製例14g:水性分散液14gの調製>
 着色剤を式(B1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例7gと同様にして、水性分散液14gを得た。
<Preparation Example 14 g: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 14 g>
An aqueous dispersion (14 g) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7 g except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (B1-1).
<調製例15f~28f:インクの調製>
 上記で得られた水性分散液1g~14gと下記表21、22に記載の各成分とを混合し、30分間撹拌した後、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、インク1g~14gをそれぞれ調製した。表中、各成分の数値は、添加した部数を示す。
<Preparation Examples 15f to 28f: Ink Preparation>
After mixing 1 g to 14 g of the aqueous dispersion obtained above with each component shown in Tables 21 and 22 below and stirring for 30 minutes, the glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore diameter: 0. By filtering with 5 μm), 1 g to 14 g of ink was prepared respectively. In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
 表21、22中の略号等は、それぞれ以下を示す。
 サーフィノール465:エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製、ノニオン系界面活性剤
 TEA80:トリエタノールアミンの80%水溶液
The abbreviations and the like in Tables 21 and 22 indicate the following, respectively.
Surfinol 465: Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., nonionic surfactant TEA80: 80% aqueous solution of triethanolamine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
<実施例1g~14g及び比較例1g~3g:インクセットの調製>
 上記で得られた各インクを下記表23、24のように組み合わせ、それぞれシアンインクカートリッジ、イエローインクカートリッジに充填することにより、実施例1g~14g及び比較例1g~3gのインクセットを得た。表23の実施例1gの場合、シアンインクカートリッジにインク1gを充填し、イエローインクカートリッジにインク12gを充填した。
<Examples 1 g to 14 g and Comparative Examples 1 g to 3 g: Preparation of ink set>
The inks obtained above were combined as shown in Tables 23 and 24 below and filled into a cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge, respectively, to obtain ink sets of Examples 1 g to 14 g and Comparative Examples 1 g to 3 g. In the case of Example 1g in Table 23, the cyan ink cartridge was filled with 1 g of ink, and the yellow ink cartridge was filled with 12 g of ink.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
<評価>
 シアンインクカートリッジ及びイエローインクカートリッジをインクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に装填し、中間記録媒体としてTRANSJET EcoII 8385(95g/m)を用いて、各インクによる10段階の階調(印字濃度)パターン同士を組み合わせたマトリックスとなるように、合計100パッチを印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。より具体的には、インクセットを構成する2種のインクの印字Duty(シアンインクの印字Duty/イエローインクの印字Duty)が、それぞれ100%/10~100%、90%/10~100%、80%/10~100%、70%/10~100%、60%/10~100%、50%/10~100%、40%/10~100%、50%/10~100%、40%/10~100%、30%/10~100%、20%/10~100%、10%/10~100%(「10~100%」は10%、20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、100%を表す)となるように、合計100パッチを印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。
<Evaluation>
A cyan ink cartridge and a yellow ink cartridge are loaded into an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 10 levels of each ink are used. Intermediate recording media on which a total of 100 patches were printed were obtained so as to form a matrix in which the key (print density) patterns were combined. More specifically, the printing Duties of the two types of inks constituting the ink set (cyan ink printing Duty / yellow ink printing Duty) are 100% / 10 to 100%, 90% / 10 to 100%, respectively. 80% / 10-100%, 70% / 10-100%, 60% / 10-100%, 50% / 10-100%, 40% / 10-100%, 50% / 10-100%, 40% / 10-100%, 30% / 10-100%, 20% / 10-100%, 10% / 10-100% ("10-100%" is 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50 %, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%), and an intermediate recording medium on which a total of 100 patches were printed was obtained.
 得られた各中間記録媒体のインク付着面とポリエステル布(帝人トロピカル)とを重ね合わせた後、卓上自動平プレス機(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、AF-65TEN)を用いて200℃×30秒の条件にて熱処理することによって、昇華転写法により染色された染色物をそれぞれ得た。得られた各染色物について、下記の評価を行った。評価結果を表25、26に示す。 After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 30 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 25 and 26.
[色相の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100パッチ分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色し、各パッチの濃度を測定した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。一定の色相角(145°~150°)の範囲における彩度(Cの数値)を測定し、以下の評価基準に従って色相を評価した。Cが高いほど、同じ色相において彩度が高く、高品質であることを意味する。A、Bは評価が良好であり、C、Dは評価が不良である。
-評価基準-
 A:Cが76以上
 B:Cが72以上76未満
 C:Cが68以上72未満
 D:Cが68未満
[Evaluation of hue]
The color of 100 patches of each of the obtained dyes was measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)", and the concentration of each patch was measured. Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. Saturation (value of C * ) in a range of constant hue angle (145 ° to 150 °) was measured, and the hue was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The higher the C * , the higher the saturation and the higher the quality in the same hue. A and B have good evaluations, and C and D have poor evaluations.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: C * is 76 or more B: C * is 72 or more and less than 76 C: C * is 68 or more and less than 72 D: C * is less than 68
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
 表25、26の結果から明らかなように、実施例1g~14gのインクセットを用いた場合には、いずれも彩度の高いグリーンを表現することができた。一方、比較例1g~3gのインクセットを用いた場合には、彩度の高いグリーンを表現することができなかった。 As is clear from the results in Tables 25 and 26, when the ink sets of Examples 1 g to 14 g were used, it was possible to express highly saturated green in each case. On the other hand, when the ink sets of Comparative Examples 1 g to 3 g were used, it was not possible to express highly saturated green.
<調製例1h:水性分散液1hの調製>
 カヤセットイエローAG(日本化薬株式会社製、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54)(10部)、ラベリンW-40(クレオソート油スルホン酸ソーダホルマリン重縮合物水溶液、第一工業製薬株式会社製)(15部)、NIKKOL BPS-30(0.8部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(73.9部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液1hを得た。
<Preparation Example 1h: Preparation of aqueous dispersion 1h>
Kayaset Yellow AG (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., CI Disperse Yellow 54) (10 parts), Laberin W-40 (Aqueous solution of sodium sulphonate polycondensate in creoseto oil, manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) (15 parts), NIKKOL BPS-30 (0.8 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) Add 0.2 mm diameter glass beads to a mixture consisting of (0.2 part), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 part), and ion-exchanged water (73.9 parts), and use a sand mill. The dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 1h.
<調製例2h:水性分散液2hの調製>
 着色剤をC.I.ディスパースブルー 359に変更すること以外は調製例1hと同様にして、水性分散液2hを得た。
<Preparation Example 2h: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 2h>
Coloring agent C.I. I. An aqueous dispersion 2h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1h except that the mixture was changed to Disperse Blue 359.
<調製例3h:水性分散液3hの調製>
 着色剤を式(G1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1hと同様にして、水性分散液3hを得た。
<Preparation Example 3h: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 3h>
An aqueous dispersion 3h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (G1).
<調製例4h:水性分散液4hの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1hと同様にして、水性分散液4hを得た。
<Preparation Example 4h: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 4h>
An aqueous dispersion 4h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例5h:水性分散液5hの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-2)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例1hと同様にして、水性分散液5hを得た。
<Preparation Example 5h: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 5h>
An aqueous dispersion 5h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-2).
<調製例6h:水性分散液6hの調製>
 C.I.ディスパースブルー 359(10部)、上記Joncryl 678のエマルション液(30部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(59.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液6hを得た。
<Preparation Example 6h: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 6h>
C. I. Disperse Blue 359 (10 parts), Joncryl 678 emulsion (30 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol). 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of (0.2 parts), Propylene GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (59.7 parts). The dispersion treatment was carried out for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 6h.
<調製例7h:水性分散液7hの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例6hと同様にして、水性分散液7を得た。
<Preparation Example 7h: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 7h>
An aqueous dispersion 7 was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 6h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例8h:水性分散液8hの調製>
 C.I.ディスパースブルー 359(10部)、SM-57(東邦化学工業株式会社製、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェート系分散剤)(10部)、サーフィノール104PG50(サーフィノール104(アセチレングリコール界面活性剤、エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製)をプロピレングリコールで50%濃度に希釈したもの)(0.2部)、プロキセルGXL(S)(ロンザ社製)(0.1部)、及びイオン交換水(79.7部)からなる混合物に0.2mm径ガラスビーズを加え、サンドミルにて冷却下、約15時間分散処理を行った。得られた液を、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、水性分散液8hを得た。
<Preparation Example 8h: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 8h>
C. I. Disperse Blue 359 (10 parts), SM-57 (manufactured by Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate-based dispersant) (10 parts), Surfinol 104PG50 (Surfinol 104 (acetylene glycol surfactant,) Air Products Japan Co., Ltd.) diluted to 50% concentration with propylene glycol) (0.2 parts), Proxel GXL (S) (manufactured by Ronza Co., Ltd.) (0.1 parts), and ion-exchanged water (79. 0.2 mm diameter glass beads were added to the mixture consisting of 7 parts), and the mixture was subjected to dispersion treatment for about 15 hours under cooling with a sand mill. The obtained liquid was filtered through a glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm) to obtain an aqueous dispersion liquid 8h.
<調製例9h:水性分散液9hの調製>
 着色剤を式(A1-1)で表される化合物に変更すること以外は調製例8hと同様にして、水性分散液9hを得た。
<Preparation Example 9h: Preparation of Aqueous Dispersion Liquid 9h>
An aqueous dispersion 9h was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 8h except that the colorant was changed to the compound represented by the formula (A1-1).
<調製例10h~18h:インクの調製>
 上記で得られた水性分散液1h~9hと下記表27に記載の各成分とを混合し、30分間撹拌した後、ガラス繊維濾紙GC-50(ADVANTEC社製、フィルターの孔径:0.5μm)で濾過することにより、インク1h~9hをそれぞれ調製した。表中、各成分の数値は、添加した部数を示す。
<Preparation Examples 10h to 18h: Ink Preparation>
The aqueous dispersions 1h to 9h obtained above and each component shown in Table 27 below are mixed and stirred for 30 minutes, and then glass fiber filter paper GC-50 (manufactured by ADVANTEC, filter pore size: 0.5 μm). Inks 1h to 9h were prepared by filtering with. In the table, the numerical value of each component indicates the number of copies added.
 表27中の略号等は、それぞれ以下を示す。
 サーフィノール465:エアープロダクツジャパン株式会社製、ノニオン系界面活性剤
 TEA80:トリエタノールアミンの80%水溶液
The abbreviations and the like in Table 27 indicate the following.
Surfinol 465: Air Products Japan Co., Ltd., nonionic surfactant TEA80: 80% aqueous solution of triethanolamine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
<実施例1h~9h及び比較例1h:インクセットの調製>
 上記で得られた各インクを下記表28のように組み合わせ、それぞれマゼンタインクカートリッジ、シアンインクカートリッジに充填することにより、実施例1h~9h及び比較例1hのインクセットを得た。表28の実施例1hの場合、マゼンタインクカートリッジにインク2hを充填し、シアンインクカートリッジにインク4hを充填した。
<Examples 1h to 9h and Comparative Example 1h: Preparation of ink set>
The inks obtained above were combined as shown in Table 28 below and filled into a magenta ink cartridge and a cyan ink cartridge, respectively, to obtain ink sets of Examples 1h to 9h and Comparative Example 1h, respectively. In the case of Example 1h in Table 28, the magenta ink cartridge was filled with ink 2h, and the cyan ink cartridge was filled with ink 4h.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
<評価>
 マゼンタインクカートリッジ及びシアンインクカートリッジをインクジェットプリンタ(EPSON株式会社製、商品名PX-504A)に装填し、中間記録媒体としてTRANSJET EcoII 8385(95g/m)を用いて、各インクによる10段階の階調(印字濃度)パターン同士を組み合わせたマトリックスとなるように、合計100パッチを印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。より具体的には、インクセットを構成する2種のインクの印字Duty(マゼンタインクの印字Duty/シアンインクの印字Duty)が、それぞれ100%/10~100%、90%/10~100%、80%/10~100%、70%/10~100%、60%/10~100%、50%/10~100%、40%/10~100%、50%/10~100%、40%/10~100%、30%/10~100%、20%/10~100%、10%/10~100%(「10~100%」は10%、20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、100%を表す)となるように、合計100パッチを印刷した中間記録媒体をそれぞれ得た。
<Evaluation>
A magenta ink cartridge and a cyan ink cartridge are loaded into an inkjet printer (manufactured by EPSON Co., Ltd., trade name PX-504A), and using TRANSJET EcoII 8385 (95 g / m 2 ) as an intermediate recording medium, 10 levels of each ink are used. Intermediate recording media on which a total of 100 patches were printed were obtained so as to form a matrix in which the key (print density) patterns were combined. More specifically, the printing Duties of the two types of inks constituting the ink set (magenta ink printing Duty / cyan ink printing Duty) are 100% / 10 to 100% and 90% / 10 to 100%, respectively. 80% / 10-100%, 70% / 10-100%, 60% / 10-100%, 50% / 10-100%, 40% / 10-100%, 50% / 10-100%, 40% / 10-100%, 30% / 10-100%, 20% / 10-100%, 10% / 10-100% ("10-100%" is 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50 %, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%), and an intermediate recording medium on which a total of 100 patches were printed was obtained.
 得られた各中間記録媒体のインク付着面とポリエステル布(帝人トロピカル)とを重ね合わせた後、卓上自動平プレス機(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、AF-65TEN)を用いて200℃×30秒の条件にて熱処理することによって、昇華転写法により染色された染色物をそれぞれ得た。得られた各染色物について、下記の評価を行った。評価結果を表29に示す。 After superimposing the ink-adhered surface of each of the obtained intermediate recording media and the polyester cloth (Teijin Tropical), a desktop automatic flat press machine (AF-65TEN manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) was used at 200 ° C. for 30 seconds. By heat treatment under the above conditions, the dyed products dyed by the sublimation transfer method were obtained. The following evaluations were performed on each of the obtained dyed products. The evaluation results are shown in Table 29.
[色相の評価]
 得られた各染色物の100パッチ分を分光光度計「Ci62(X-rite社製)」を用いて測色し、各パッチの濃度を測定した。測色はD65光源、視野角2°、ステータスTの条件で行った。一定の色相角(250°~255°)の範囲における彩度(Cの数値)を測定し、以下の評価基準に従って色相を評価した。Cが高いほど、同じ色相において彩度が高く、高品質であることを意味する。A、Bは評価が良好であり、C、Dは評価が不良である。
-評価基準-
 A:Cが45以上
 B:Cが40以上45未満
 C:Cが35以上40未満
 D:Cが35未満
[Evaluation of hue]
The color of 100 patches of each of the obtained dyes was measured using a spectrophotometer "Ci62 (manufactured by X-Rite)", and the concentration of each patch was measured. Color measurement was performed under the conditions of D65 light source, viewing angle 2 °, and status T. Saturation (value of C * ) in a range of constant hue angle (250 ° to 255 °) was measured, and the hue was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The higher the C * , the higher the saturation and the higher the quality in the same hue. A and B have good evaluations, and C and D have poor evaluations.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: C * is 45 or more and B: C * is 40 or more and less than 45 C: C * is 35 or more and less than 40 D: C * is less than 35
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
 表29の結果から明らかなように、実施例1h~9hのインクセットを用いた場合には、いずれも彩度の高いシアンを表現することができた。一方、比較例1hのインクセットを用いた場合には、彩度の高いシアンを表現することができなかった。 As is clear from the results in Table 29, when the ink sets of Examples 1h to 9h were used, highly saturated cyan could be expressed. On the other hand, when the ink set of Comparative Example 1h was used, highly saturated cyan could not be expressed.

Claims (31)

  1.  下記(i)及び(ii):
    (i)640nm超700nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-30~-20の範囲内である;
    (ii)ハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項が11MPa0.5以上12.6MPa0.5未満である;
    の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす水不溶性着色剤Aを含有し、かつ、下記(a)~(d):
    (a)380nm以上500nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1とした場合のCIE色空間で表すbが65~80の範囲内である、下記式(B1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [式中、Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換若しくは非置換アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアリールオキシ基を示し、Xは、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を示す。]
    で表される水不溶性着色剤Bを含有する;
    (b)410nm以上450nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する、前記水不溶性着色剤Bとは異なる水不溶性着色剤Cを含有する;
    (c)前記水不溶性着色剤A以外の少なくとも2種の水不溶性着色剤を含有する;
    (d)フィトステロール化合物を含有する;
    の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす、着色液。
    The following (i) and (ii):
    (I) The b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -30 to -20 when the maximum absorption wavelength is in the wavelength range of more than 640 nm and 700 nm or less and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. ;
    (Ii) The polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ;
    Contains the water-insoluble colorant A satisfying at least one of the following conditions (a) to (d):
    (A) The following formula, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and b * represented by the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1 is in the range of 65 to 80. (B1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [In the formula, RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. ]
    Contains the water-insoluble colorant B represented by;
    (B) Contains a water-insoluble colorant C different from the water-insoluble colorant B, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 410 nm or more and 450 nm or less;
    (C) Contains at least two water-insoluble colorants other than the water-insoluble colorant A;
    (D) Contains a phytosterol compound;
    A coloring liquid that satisfies at least one of the above conditions.
  2.  前記水不溶性着色剤Aがアンスラキノン構造を有する、請求項1に記載の着色液。 The coloring liquid according to claim 1, wherein the water-insoluble colorant A has an anthraquinone structure.
  3.  前記水不溶性着色剤Aの分子量が340以上である、請求項1又は2に記載の着色液。 The coloring liquid according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the water-insoluble colorant A has a molecular weight of 340 or more.
  4.  前記水不溶性着色剤Aのハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項が11MPa0.5以上12.6MPa0.5未満であり、水素結合項が7MPa0.5以上10MPa0.5以下である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。 Claims 1 to 1, wherein the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the water-insoluble colorant A is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 , and the hydrogen bond term is 7 MPa 0.5 or more and 10 MPa 0.5 or less. The coloring liquid according to any one of 3.
  5.  前記水不溶性着色剤Cと、450nm超590nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Dと、590nm超640nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Eとを含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。 It contains the water-insoluble colorant C, the water-insoluble colorant D having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of more than 450 nm and 590 nm or less, and the water-insoluble colorant E having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of more than 590 nm and 640 nm or less. , The coloring liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
  6.  前記水不溶性着色剤Aの質量基準の含有量を(A)とし、前記水不溶性着色剤C及び前記水不溶性着色剤Eの質量基準の含有量を(C+E)としたとき、(A)/(C+E)で算出される値が0.8未満である、請求項5に記載の着色液。 When the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant A is (A) and the mass-based content of the water-insoluble colorant C and the water-insoluble colorant E is (C + E), (A) / ( The coloring liquid according to claim 5, wherein the value calculated by C + E) is less than 0.8.
  7.  前記水不溶性着色剤Cの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すa値が-25~-10の範囲内であり、かつ、前記水不溶性着色剤Dの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すa値が15~35の範囲内である、請求項5又は6に記載の着色液。 When the absorbance of the water-insoluble colorant C at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1, the a * value represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -25 to -10, and the maximum absorption of the water-insoluble colorant D is achieved. The coloring solution according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the a * value represented by the CIE color space is in the range of 15 to 35 when the absorbance at the wavelength is 1.
  8.  C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54を含有する、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。 C. I. The coloring liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which contains Disperse Yellow 54.
  9.  前記水不溶性着色剤Bを含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。 The coloring liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which contains the water-insoluble coloring agent B.
  10.  前記式(B1)中、Rが置換又は非置換アミノ基を示し、Xがハロゲン原子を示す、請求項9に記載の着色液。 The coloring liquid according to claim 9, wherein in the formula (B1), RB represents a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and X B represents a halogen atom.
  11.  560nm以上600nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Fと、フィトステロール化合物とを含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。 The coloring solution according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which contains a water-insoluble colorant F having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and 600 nm or less and a phytosterol compound.
  12.  前記水不溶性着色剤Fがアンスラキノン構造を有する、請求項11に記載の着色液。 The coloring liquid according to claim 11, wherein the water-insoluble colorant F has an anthraquinone structure.
  13.  前記水不溶性着色剤Fの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-65~-55の範囲内であり、かつ、分子量が300~400の範囲内である、請求項11又は12に記載の着色液。 When the absorbance of the water-insoluble colorant F at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1, b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -65 to -55, and the molecular weight is in the range of 300 to 400. , The coloring liquid according to claim 11 or 12.
  14.  前記水不溶性着色剤Fが下記式(F1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    で表される化合物を含む、請求項11~13のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。
    The water-insoluble colorant F has the following formula (F1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    The coloring liquid according to any one of claims 11 to 13, which comprises the compound represented by.
  15.  さらに、分散剤、界面活性剤、及び水を含有する、請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の着色液。 The coloring liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 14, further containing a dispersant, a surfactant, and water.
  16.  前記分散剤が、スチレン-(メタ)アクリル共重合体、芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩、ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルサルフェート、及びポリオキシエチレンナフチルエーテルからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項15に記載の着色液。 The dispersant comprises a styrene- (meth) acrylic copolymer, a formarin condensate of aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether sulfate, and polyoxyethylene naphthyl ether. The coloring solution according to claim 15, which comprises at least one selected from the group.
  17.  前記芳香族スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩が、クレオソート油スルホン酸のホルマリン縮合物又はその塩を含む、請求項16に記載の着色液。 The coloring liquid according to claim 16, wherein the formalin condensate of the aromatic sulfonic acid or a salt thereof contains the formalin condensate of creosote oil sulfonic acid or a salt thereof.
  18.  前記ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルがポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルであり、及び/又は、前記ポリオキシエチレンアリールフェニルエーテルサルフェートがポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテルサルフェートである、請求項16又は17に記載の着色液。 The coloring solution according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether is polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether and / or the polyoxyethylene arylphenyl ether sulfate is polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether sulfate. ..
  19.  下記(i)及び(ii):
    (i)640nm超700nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-30~-20の範囲内である;
    (ii)ハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項が11MPa0.5以上12.6MPa0.5未満である;
    の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす水不溶性着色剤Aを含有するインクAを含み、かつ、下記(e)~(g):
    (e)前記インクAがフィトステロール化合物を含有し、かつ、C.I.ディスパースイエロー 54及びフィトステロール化合物を含有するインクBを含む;
    (f)380nm以上500nm以下の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、かつ、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1とした場合のCIE色空間で表すbが65~80の範囲内である、下記式(B1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [式中、Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、置換若しくは非置換アミノ基、アルコキシ基、又はアリールオキシ基を示し、Xは、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を示す。]
    で表される水不溶性着色剤Bを含有するインクCを含む;
    (g)560nm以上660nm未満の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する水不溶性着色剤Gを含有するインクD(但し、C.I.ディスパースバイオレット 27又はC.I.ディスパースバイオレット 28を含有するものを除く)を含む;
    の少なくとも1つの条件を満たす、インクセット。
    The following (i) and (ii):
    (I) The b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of -30 to -20 when the maximum absorption wavelength is in the wavelength range of more than 640 nm and 700 nm or less and the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. ;
    (Ii) The polarity term of the Hansen solubility parameter is 11 MPa 0.5 or more and less than 12.6 MPa 0.5 ;
    Contains ink A containing a water-insoluble colorant A satisfying at least one of the following conditions (e) to (g):
    (E) The ink A contains a phytosterol compound, and C.I. I. Includes Ink B containing Disperse Yellow 54 and phytosterol compounds;
    (F) The following formula, which has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 380 nm or more and 500 nm or less, and b * represented by the CIE color space when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1 is in the range of 65 to 80. (B1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [In the formula, RB represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and X B is Indicates a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom. ]
    Contains ink C containing a water-insoluble colorant B represented by;
    (G) Ink D containing a water-insoluble colorant G having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 560 nm or more and less than 660 nm (provided that CI Disperse Violet 27 or CI Disperse Violet 28 is contained. Includes);
    An ink set that meets at least one of the conditions.
  20.  前記インクBを含む、請求項19に記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to claim 19, which includes the ink B.
  21.  前記フィトステロール化合物がフィトステロールのアルキレンオキサイド付加物である、請求項19又は20に記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the phytosterol compound is an alkylene oxide adduct of phytosterol.
  22.  前記インクCを含む、請求項19に記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to claim 19, which includes the ink C.
  23.  前記式(B1)中、Rが置換又は非置換アミノ基を示し、Xがハロゲン原子を示す、請求項22に記載のインクセット。 22. The ink set according to claim 22, wherein in the formula (B1), RB represents a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and X B represents a halogen atom.
  24.  前記インクDを含む、請求項19に記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to claim 19, which includes the ink D.
  25.  前記水不溶性着色剤Gがアンスラキノン構造を有する、請求項24に記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to claim 24, wherein the water-insoluble colorant G has an anthraquinone structure.
  26.  前記水不溶性着色剤Gの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すbが-70~-40の範囲内である、請求項24又は25に記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to claim 24 or 25, wherein b * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of −70 to −40 when the absorbance of the water-insoluble colorant G at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
  27.  前記水不溶性着色剤Gの極大吸収波長における吸光度を1としたときの、CIE色空間で表すaが-20~40の範囲内である、請求項24~26のいずれか1項に記載のインクセット。 The invention according to any one of claims 24 to 26, wherein a * represented by the CIE color space is in the range of −20 to 40 when the absorbance of the water-insoluble colorant G at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1. Ink set.
  28.  前記水不溶性着色剤Gの分子量が250~340である、請求項24~27のいずれか1項に記載のインクセット。 The ink set according to any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein the water-insoluble colorant G has a molecular weight of 250 to 340.
  29.  請求項1~18のいずれか1項に記載の着色液、又は請求項19~28のいずれか1項に記載のインクセットに含まれる各インクが付着した記録メディア。 A recording medium to which the coloring liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 18 or each ink contained in the ink set according to any one of claims 19 to 28 adheres.
  30.  前記記録メディアが疎水性繊維である、請求項29に記載の記録メディア The recording medium according to claim 29, wherein the recording medium is a hydrophobic fiber.
  31.  請求項1~18のいずれか1項に記載の着色液の液滴、又は請求項19~28のいずれか1項に記載のインクセットに含まれる各インクの液滴を中間記録媒体に付着させて記録画像を得るプリント工程と、
     前記中間記録媒体における前記着色液又は前記インクの付着面に疎水性繊維を接触させ、熱処理することにより前記記録画像を前記疎水性繊維に転写する転写工程と、
    を含む疎水性繊維の捺染方法。
    A droplet of the coloring liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 18 or a droplet of each ink contained in the ink set according to any one of claims 19 to 28 is attached to an intermediate recording medium. And the printing process to obtain the recorded image
    A transfer step of transferring the recorded image to the hydrophobic fiber by bringing the hydrophobic fiber into contact with the adhering surface of the coloring liquid or the ink in the intermediate recording medium and heat-treating it.
    Method for printing hydrophobic fibers including.
PCT/JP2021/027675 2020-07-31 2021-07-27 Colored fluid, ink set, recording medium, and textile printing method for hydrophobic fibers WO2022025034A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022539476A JPWO2022025034A1 (en) 2020-07-31 2021-07-27

Applications Claiming Priority (28)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020130602 2020-07-31
JP2020130605 2020-07-31
JP2020-130607 2020-07-31
JP2020130606 2020-07-31
JP2020-130608 2020-07-31
JP2020130608 2020-07-31
JP2020130607 2020-07-31
JP2020-130605 2020-07-31
JP2020-130606 2020-07-31
JP2020-130602 2020-07-31
JP2020-130604 2020-07-31
JP2020-130603 2020-07-31
JP2020-130609 2020-07-31
JP2020130603 2020-07-31
JP2020130604 2020-07-31
JP2020130610 2020-07-31
JP2020130601 2020-07-31
JP2020-130601 2020-07-31
JP2020-130610 2020-07-31
JP2020130609 2020-07-31
JP2020-185591 2020-11-06
JP2020185588 2020-11-06
JP2020-185588 2020-11-06
JP2020-185590 2020-11-06
JP2020185591 2020-11-06
JP2020-185589 2020-11-06
JP2020185590 2020-11-06
JP2020185589 2020-11-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022025034A1 true WO2022025034A1 (en) 2022-02-03

Family

ID=80036448

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/027675 WO2022025034A1 (en) 2020-07-31 2021-07-27 Colored fluid, ink set, recording medium, and textile printing method for hydrophobic fibers

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022025034A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202212484A (en)
WO (1) WO2022025034A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS53134982A (en) * 1977-04-25 1978-11-25 Ici Ltd Transfer printing of synthetic fiber material
JP2006502313A (en) * 2002-06-05 2006-01-19 クラリアント インターナショナル リミティド Dyeing of polyester fabric material
JP2007238687A (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-20 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Method for inkjet printing
WO2012060343A1 (en) * 2010-11-04 2012-05-10 日本化薬株式会社 Azo dye ink composition and inkjet printing ink set using same
JP5039022B2 (en) * 2006-03-06 2012-10-03 日本化薬株式会社 Ink for inkjet printing and inkjet printing method using the same
JP2013053234A (en) * 2011-09-03 2013-03-21 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Disperse dye mixture, dye composition containing the same and dyeing method using the same
WO2013129523A1 (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-09-06 日本化薬株式会社 Water-based inkjet ink for tampering detection, method for inkjet printing using same, and printed article
WO2018178890A1 (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 Jk Group S.P.A. New black ink

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS53134982A (en) * 1977-04-25 1978-11-25 Ici Ltd Transfer printing of synthetic fiber material
JP2006502313A (en) * 2002-06-05 2006-01-19 クラリアント インターナショナル リミティド Dyeing of polyester fabric material
JP2007238687A (en) * 2006-03-06 2007-09-20 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Method for inkjet printing
JP5039022B2 (en) * 2006-03-06 2012-10-03 日本化薬株式会社 Ink for inkjet printing and inkjet printing method using the same
WO2012060343A1 (en) * 2010-11-04 2012-05-10 日本化薬株式会社 Azo dye ink composition and inkjet printing ink set using same
JP2013053234A (en) * 2011-09-03 2013-03-21 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Disperse dye mixture, dye composition containing the same and dyeing method using the same
WO2013129523A1 (en) * 2012-02-28 2013-09-06 日本化薬株式会社 Water-based inkjet ink for tampering detection, method for inkjet printing using same, and printed article
WO2018178890A1 (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 Jk Group S.P.A. New black ink

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022025034A1 (en) 2022-02-03
TW202212484A (en) 2022-04-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11155727B2 (en) Ink composition for inkjet textile printing and method for textile printing of hydrophobic fibers
JP6622700B2 (en) Ink composition, ink jet recording method, and colored body
WO2020017431A1 (en) Ink composition for inkjet textile printing and textile printing method for hydrophobic fiber
JP2021080374A (en) Dispersing liquid composition for ink
JP7332262B2 (en) Dispersion composition for ink
WO2020235560A1 (en) Colored dispersion, recording medium, and textile printing method for hydrophobic fibers
WO2022025034A1 (en) Colored fluid, ink set, recording medium, and textile printing method for hydrophobic fibers
JP7263179B2 (en) Dye dispersion and method for printing hydrophobic fibers
JP7332265B2 (en) Colored dispersion and method for printing hydrophobic fibers
JP7417430B2 (en) A colored dispersion, an ink composition using the same, a method for improving dispersion stability using the same, and a method for printing hydrophobic fibers.
JP7340903B2 (en) Colored dispersions, inkjet printing inks, ink sets, printed hydrophobic fibers, and methods for printing hydrophobic fibers.
JP2022026915A (en) Coloring liquid and printing method of fiber
WO2022075025A1 (en) Coloring fluid, coloring fluid set, recorded matter, and method for printing hydrophobic fiber
WO2021149703A1 (en) Colored dispersion, recording medium, and textile printing method for hydrophobic fibers
WO2020184156A1 (en) Dye dispersion and method for textile-printing hydrophobic fibers
WO2020204041A1 (en) Colored dispersion, recording medium, and hydrophobic fiber printing method
JP2017160345A (en) Orange ink for inkjet printing and fiber printing method using the same
JP2022147718A (en) Colored dispersion, ink composition including the same, and dispersion stability improving method and hydrophobic fiber printing method using the same
WO2020017432A1 (en) Black ink composition for inkjet printing, and method for printing on hydrophobic fibers
WO2020017430A1 (en) Black ink composition for inkjet printing, and method for printing on hydrophobic fibers
WO2020204042A1 (en) Colored dispersion, recording medium, and hydrophobic fiber printing method
JP2021024975A (en) Azo compound and textile printing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21851388

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022539476

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21851388

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1